MT P 20160901

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
FOR SCREW COMPRESSOR UNIT CONTROLLER

MYPRO TOUCH+
WARNING
Read this manual carefully before you can use and service "MYPRO TOUCH" safely and properly.
Important Notice
• This manual has been prepared as a guide to allow you to use the Screw Compressor Unit Controller MYPRO TOUCH Type-S
properly and safely. Follow all the instructions in this manual. Failure to do so could result in unforeseen accidents.
• Keep this manual handy for ready and regular reference by all persons working on your MYPRO TOUCH Type-S.
• If the manual is lost or damaged, contact any of the Mayekawa offices or sales/service centers in your area to order a new copy.
• This manual must remain with the product when you resell it to another user.
• Mayekawa reserves the right to make changes to the specifications of the product the contents of this manual for improvements
without prior notice.
• If you have any query due to inconsistency between the product and the information in this manual that can result from such
changes, please ask questions to any of the Mayekawa offices or sales/service centers in your area.
• Be sure to start operation, inspection, and servicing of the equipment only after having thoroughly read and understood all the hazard
preventive instructions and precautions in this manual and connected equipment's manual. Almost all the past accidents occurred
due to failure to follow the basic safety rules.
All safety instructions and precautions in this manual are highlighted by appropriate one of the following symbol-letter combinations:
DANGER Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided, will or could result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION This also indicates an instruction that should be followed to obtain full performance from the product.
• The safety instructions and precautions in this manual are not exhaustive. There may be other safety precautions to be observed that
vary from user to user. It is your responsibility to establish a safety management system most appropriate for your particular use of
the product.
• Never, disassemble or otherwise interfere with the Screw Compressor Unit Controller MYPRO TOUCH Type-S, as it contains many
electronic components that can be affected adversely by disassembly or other interference. Mayekawa Mfg. Co., Ltd. assumes no
responsibility for any undesirable consequences that would result from disassembly of or interference with the controller.
• Use this controller solely for control and management of the screw compressor units produced by Mayekawa Mfg. Co., Ltd.
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Preface
Thank you for purchasing the Mayekawa Screw Unit Controller MYPRO TOUCH+.
Before operating the MYPRO TOUCH+, check the following points:
a. Verify the proper MYPRO TOUCH+ factory option is specified. The MYPRO TOUCH+ is available in the following
factory-option variations:
MTP- 0 - 1- 1-120
CONTROL PANEL MTP for MYPRO TOUCH+
DO CARDS 0 to 3 Expansion Cards
ANALOG IN 0 to 2 Boards
ANALOG OUT 0 to 1 Board
VOLTAGE 120=120VAC, 220=220VAC
ENCLOSURE TYPE SS = Stainless Steel
ENVIRONMENT W = Window Kit Only, Z = Z Purge & Window Kit
b. Verify all necessary items are supplied.

Check the items in the package with the packaging list.
The standard version MYPRO TOUCH+ includes a set of the following items:
CPU chassis kit (CPU board, 2 analog input boards, digital input/output board, CPU-AD harness,
AD-AD harness, CPU-digital input/output harness and power harness)
Color touchscreen (13.3”)
16 Analog input connectors
16 Digital input/output connectors
Instruction manual (one copy of this manual)
c. Check accuracy of configuration settings.

Confirm the settings in the following screens prior to placing the MYPRO TOUCH+ into service.
System Configuration - Verify appropriate settings for the compressor unit.
Alarm/Failure LIMITS – Confirm appropriate limit settings for each alarm.
WARNING
Observe application limits and recommended matter of the compressor used to set each value.
d. Remove protective film from touch screen terminal. The film prevents scratches during shipment. Pressing the touch
screen with the protective film may scratch or adhere to the screen.
Mayekawa Mfg. Co., Ltd.
MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

- 2 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Table of Contents
Important Notice ····························································································· 1
Preface ······································································································ 2
Chapter 0 : Information on This Manual ······································································ 6
0.1 This Manual and Other Related Manuals ······························································ 6
0.2 Organization of This Manual ········································································ 6
0.3 Glossary of Special Terms ·········································································· 6
0.4 Units ······························································································ 7
0.5 Words Displayed on Screen ·········································································· 7
0.6 Acronyms and Abbreviations ········································································· 7
Chapter 1 : General Description ············································································ 8
1.1 Functions and Features ············································································· 8
1.2 System Organization of MYPRO TOUCH+ ································································ 9
1.3 Usable Control Functions ·········································································· 10
Chapter 2 Components and Their Functions ···································································· 11
2.1 Touchscreen ······················································································· 11
2.2 Central Processing Unit Assembly ·································································· 13
2.3 CPU board MT-CPU-03 ··············································································· 14
2.3.1 Reset Switch on CPU Board ····································································· 16
2.3.2 Replacement of battery for Internal Timing Clock on CPU Board·································· 17
2.4 Analog Input Boards MT-AD-02 ······································································ 18
2.4.1 Current / Voltage Selection and Terminal Block Connections on Analog Input Boards ·············· 20
2.4.2 Input Type Selection for Channels 15 and 16 of Analog Input Boards ····························· 21
2.5 Digital Input/Output Board ········································································ 22
2.5.1 MT-DIOA-01 (only AC load) ····································································· 22
2.5.2 MT-DIOA-DC01 (DC load only) ··································································· 23
2.6 Expansion Analog Output Board MT-DA-02 ···························································· 24
2.7 Expansion Digital Input/Output (DI/O) Board ······················································· 25
2.7.1 Option: AC load only ·········································································· 25
2.7.2 Option: DC load only ·········································································· 26
Chapter 3 : Screen Operation ·············································································· 27
3.1 Display Screens ··················································································· 27
3.1.1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Used for Screen Items ·············································· 27
3.1.2 Main Navigation and Quick Access Buttons ······················································ 31
3.1.3 Main Gauge Screen (Graphic View) ······························································ 32
3.1.3.1 Main Gauge Screen – Adjusting Gauges ·························································· 32
3.1.3.1 Main Gauge Screen – Adjusting Widgets ························································· 33
3.1.4 Main View Screen ·············································································· 34
3.1.4.1 Main View Screen – Sections Description ······················································· 34
3.1.5 Screen transition diagram (Screen Transition) ················································· 40
3.2 Operation of Panel ················································································ 41
3.2.1 Password ······················································································ 41
3.3 System Configuration (Selecting Options) ·························································· 43
3.3.1 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' Screen ································································· 43
3.3.2 'SYSTEM DETAILS' Screen [SYSTEM CONFIGURATION] ················································ 45
3.3.3 'ANALOG OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT' Screen ····························································· 53
3.3.4 'CONFIG. & SETTING IMPORT/EXPORT' Screen ······················································ 54
3.3.4.1 Sending Panel’s Settings via Email ····························································· 55
3.4 Settings and Adjustments ·········································································· 55
3.4.1 'SET TIME' Screen ············································································· 56

- 3 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.4.2 'PASSWORD' Screen ············································································· 56
3.4.3 'ADJUSTMENT and TUNING' ······································································· 58
3.4.3.1 'AIO STATUS & ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT' Screen ············································ 58
3.4.3.2 'AUXILIARY INPUT TIMER' Screen ···························································· 61
3.4.3.3 'OPTION ANALOG INPUT' Screen ······························································ 62
3.4.3.4 'SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION' Screen ·························································· 63
3.4.3.5 'ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT' Screen ·························································· 72
3.4.3.6 'DI/O STATUS' Screen ······································································ 73
3.5 Alarm/Failure Logs and Setpoints ·································································· 74
3.5.1 'ALARM/FAILURE LOG' Screen ···································································· 75
3.5.1 Active 'ALARM/FAILURE' Screen ································································· 75
3.5.1.1 Basic Use of the Active Alarms Screen (Hide Not Triggered) ···································· 75
3.5.1.1 Advance Use of the Active Alarms Screen (Show All) ············································ 76
3.5.2 'EVENT LOG' Screen ············································································ 77
3.5.3 'LIMITS (ALARM/FAILURE 1/9 to 5/9)' Screen ···················································· 78
3.5.4 'LIMITS (ALARM/FAILURE 6/9 to 7/9)' Screen ···················································· 78
3.5.5 'RANGE OVER (ALARM/FAILURE 8/9 to 9/9)' Screen ················································ 80
3.6 System Operations (Setting and Setpoints Descriptions) ············································ 81
3.6.1 'OPERATION MODE' Details ······································································ 82
3.6.1.1 'SETPOINTS' Screen ········································································ 83
3.6.1.2 'SCHEDULER' Screen ········································································ 86
3.6.1.3 'CAPACITY CONTROL' Screen ································································· 88
3.6.1.4 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL' Screen ··························································· 92
3.6.1.5 'AUTO Vi' Screen ·········································································· 96
3.6.1.6 'OTHER SETPOINTS' Screen ·································································· 99
3.6.1.7 'HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL' Screen ····················································· 102
3.6.1.8 'ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV' Screen ······················································· 103
3.6.2.1 'LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL' Screen ························································ 104
3.6.2.2 'CONDENSER CONTROL' Screen ······························································· 105
3.6.2.3 'EXPANSION VALVE (SSH) CONTROL' Screen ··················································· 108
3.6.2.4 'EXPANSION VALVE (SP) CONTROL' Screen ···················································· 109
3.6.2.5 'EXPANSION VALVE (LBT) CONTROL' Screen ··················································· 109
3.6.3.1 'CHILLER LEAVING TEMP. CONTROL' Screen ··················································· 110
3.6.3.2 'LEVEL CONTROL' Screen ··································································· 111
3.6.3.3 'AUTO STAGE' Screen ······································································ 113
3.6.3.4 'COMMUNICATION SETUP' Screen ····························································· 119
3.6.3.5 'VFD SETUP' ·············································································· 120
3.7 System Status and Monitoring ····································································· 121
3.7.1.1 'TREND GRAPH' Screen ····································································· 121
3.7.1.2 'HISTORICAL TREND GRAPH' Screen ·························································· 121
3.7.2 System Monitoring ············································································ 123
3.7.2.1 'INFORMATION' Window ····································································· 123
3.7.2.3 'SYSTEM DETAILS' Screen ·································································· 123
3.7.2.4 'COUNTER' Screen ········································································· 124
3.7.2.5 'ASSIGNMENT' Screen ······································································ 125
Chapter 4 : Operation ···················································································· 126
4.1 Compressor unit operation control ································································ 126
4.1.1 Start/Stop Control in Different Operation Control Modes ······································ 126
4.2 Input/Output ····················································································· 129
4.2.1 Analog Input ················································································· 129

- 4 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
4.2.2 Digital Input/Output ········································································· 131
4.3 Types of Alarm/Failure and Trigger Condition ····················································· 138
[ ALARM : minor ] ····················································································· 138
[ FAILURE : Serious ] ·················································································· 141
Chapter 5 : Communication ················································································ 144
5.1 Outline of “Communication” on the MYPRO TOUCH+ ···················································· 144
5.2 Communication with External Device ······························································· 145
5.2.1 Communication System Configuration with External Equipment ··································· 145
5.2.2 Remote Communication Device and Communication Protocols ······································ 147
5.2.3 Changing setpoints over communication ························································ 147
5.3 AUTO STAGE Control ··············································································· 149
5.3.1 System configuration of AUTO STAGE communication ············································· 149
5.3.2 Outline of multiple compressor staging control (AUTO STAGE) ·································· 150
Chapter 6 : Troubleshooting ·············································································· 154
Chapter 7 : Specifications ··············································································· 158
7.1 MYPRO TOUCH Specification ········································································ 158
Central Processing Unit board Assembly specification ················································· 159
Touch Panel Specification ············································································ 161
7.2 MYPRO TOUCH Replaceable Parts List ······························································· 163
7.3 MYPRO TOUCH Input/Output list ···································································· 165
7.4 Input/Output Connecting Diagram ·································································· 168
7.5 Notice for Mounting and Wiring ··································································· 170
Appendix ··································································································· 171
Appendix1. The MYPRO TOUCH Support software ·························································· 171
Appendix1.1 “MYPRO TOUCH Updater” ································································· 171
Appendix2. MODBUS Protocol ··········································································· 172
Instruction Manual Revision Record ········································································· 173

- 5 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Chapter 0 : Information on This Manual
0.1 This Manual and Other Related Manuals

This manual contains information necessary for the engineering staff and others in charge of operation and maintenance of
MYPRO TOUCH+. The information includes description on the MYPRO TOUCH+ functions, specifications, instructions for
wiring/connections, configuration, operation, methods of troubleshooting and other data necessary for maintenance service.
- SCREW COMPRESSOR UNIT CONTROLLER, MYPRO TOUCH+
Mayekawa reserves the right to make changes to Photos, Drawings, Screens and pictures in this manual for improvements without
prior notice.
0.2 Organization of This Manual

This manual consists of the following three groups of chapters.
Chapters 1 to 3: Setting of MYPRO TOUCH+

Chapter 1 contains the general description and features.
Chapter 2 contains description of parts which constitute MYPRO TOUCH+.
Chapter 3 details the display screens providing description of operation, settings and functions.
Chapters 4 to 5: Control of MYPRO TOUCH+

Chapter 4 contains the description for operation and control method of the MYPRO TOUCH+.
Chapter 5 describes of the communications of the MYPRO TOUCH+.
Chapters 6 to 7: Maintenance of MYPRO TOUCH+

Chapter 6 provides troubleshooting techniques of the MYPRO TOUCH+.
Chapter 7 contains specifications of the MYPRO TOUCH+.
0.3 Glossary of Special Terms

The special terms used in this manual.
ALARM/FAILURE
ALARM is a minor alarm that does not shutdown compressor unit.
FAILURE is a severe condition that shutdowns compressor unit.
AUTO STAGE Control

The automatic staging feature controls multiple compressor controllers inter-connected through communications. One of
these controllers must be assigned as the “master station”. The master station issues commands to start or stop the other
compressor controllers, called the “slave stations”, to adjust the number of operating compressors to maintain capacity for the
refrigeration system.
Compressor unit
Compressor unit refers to a system consisting of a compressor, condenser, expansion values, chiller, and driving motors.
Each compressor unit operates under control of one MYPRO TOUCH+.

- 6 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Manipulating Value
The amount of control expressed in a sum of the proportional, integral, and derivative controls (PID control) concerning with
the capacity, speed, and other controls.
Mask time
Mask time refers to the time set by the user during compressor startup that no action will be issued such as an alarm.
Master station
“Master station” varies according to the control configuration using MYPRO TOUCH+.
- In the case of the automatic staging control or AUTO STAGE, the master station is the MYPRO TOUCH+ that gives
operational commands to the other MYPRO TOUCH+ slave controllers according to information of its own as well as that it
receives from the slave MYPRO TOUCH+.
- In the case of the control using a remote control device such as a computer through communications, the master station
refers to the remote control device controlling the MYPRO TOUCH+ in the network.
Offset
Positive or negative offset value added for proper indication of analog input values that differ from actual values.
Passwords
Passwords must be entered for the specified "security level" before accessing certain screens and settings. Two different
"security levels" of password (LEVEL-1 and LEVEL-2) must be registered prior to access of these screens, each requiring a
specific "security level" of password for authorization. See Section 3.4.2 ‘PASSWORD’ Screen for details.
Scaling
Scaling values specify the upper and lower limit range of input values for each sensor.
Screen
A display screen accessed from a menu, providing parameter settings, status or operation of the compressor unit.
0.4 Units
Unless otherwise specified, all pressures are indicated in PSIG (gauge readings) and temperatures in °F (degrees Fahrenheit).
0.5 Words Displayed on Screen

In this manual, the words displayed capital letters enclosed by single quotation marks, such as ‘SETUP’ refer to screens, menus,
parameter items, selective options, etc. However, the quotation marks are omitted in tables.
0.6 Acronyms and Abbreviations

For interpretation of the acronyms and abbreviations used on display, see Section 3.1 Display Screens.

- 7 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Chapter 1 : General Description
1.1 Functions and Features

MYPRO TOUCH+ is a controller developed for protecting and controlling operation of the Mayekawa-produced screw compressor
units.
The controller has the following standard features:
Control and process control inputs/outputs

- 16 digital inputs/outputs Non-voltage contact signals or under-voltage solid-state relay (SSR) signals
- 16 analog inputs 4 to 20 mA DC inputs, 1 to 5 VDC inputs, or 1-kΩ potentiometer inputs
User-controller interface
- 13.3" TFT color LCD, 16:9 widescreen WXGA display
- TOUCH+ panel system is analog resistive with 1280 x 800 resolution
MYPRO TOUCH+ panel is designed with a user-friendly interface allows intuitive operation.
Communication ports
The following standard communication ports are offered.
- An Ethernet (IEEE802.3u, 100base-TX) communication port (Connector: RJ-45)
- A USB 2.0 port (Connector: Type-A)
- A RS-485 half-duplex serial communication port
The serial communications allows remote monitoring of the operating conditions, commanding start/stop control and changing
various parameter settings of compressor units. The MODBUS protocol employed is a global standard protocol of serial
communications in industry and allows for the use of commercially available supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)
software as well as connection to and communication with PLC MODBUS communications units of various manufacturers.
Optional expansion boards for additional inputs/outputs channels and communication ports
The following optional items are available for expanded connections to MYPRO TOUCH+.
- Expansion digital/analog converter (DA) board for additional 4 analog outputs (Max. 1)
- Expansion 4 digital output boards or 2 expansion digital output boards and 2 digital input boards (Max. 1 set)
- Expansion analog input board for additional 8 analog inputs (Max. 4)

- 8 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
1.2 System Organization of MYPRO TOUCH+

Schematic for System organization of MYPRO TOUCH+
MYPRO
TOUCH Remote Supervision PC External Device PC
or ・Profibus-DP MYPRO-CPIV, etc MYPRO TOUCH
Ethernet/IP ・DeviceNET (Modbus Unit) Support Software
MYPRO
TOUCH ・ProfiNET etc.
Ethernet Ethernet RS-485 USB Communication
RS-485 (2 or 4 wire) - Program Changing
RS-232C
for MYPRO TOUCH Modbus - Data logging
RS-422/485
(AUTO STAGE)
MYPRO TOUCH+
Ethernet
(3)
Touch Panel Terminal Block
13.3" (ETOP513) (5)
(2)
COM2 COM1
RS-485 RS-232C (4)
or
(1)
MYPRO TOUCH+ Control Panel

CPU Chassis
COM2 COM1 USB AD Board AD Board AD Board AD Board
RS-485 RS-485
MT-AD-02 MT-AD-02 MT-AD-02 MT-AD-02
CPU Board
MT-CPU-02
Ext.
DA Board
MT-DA-02
DI/O (10/6) Board Ext.DI/O

MT-DIOA-01 (4/0) Board Ext.DI/O
MT-DIO4-01 (4/0) Board Ext.DI/O
MT-DIO4-01 (4/0) Board Ext.DI/O
MT-DIO4-01 (2/2) Board
MT-DIO2-01
Item Name Qty Note

1 CPU-HMI Communication Cable(1.8m) 1 RS-485 cable with 9 pin D-sub.
2 RS-232C Custom Cross Cable (3.0m) 1 Custom cable is necessary for connecting Anybus-TOUCH+ panel.
Protocol Converter Model is varies according to the protocol.
3 1
Anybus Communicator D-sub connector : #4-40 (inch screw)
4 RS-232C Straight Cable(3.0m) 1 It is necessary for connecting the level converter and TOUCH+ panel.
5 RS-232C - RS-485 Level Converter 1 An external power supply is required, when transmission distance exceeds 100m.
* Diagram does not show power wiring or control wiring of analog inputs and outputs or digital input and outputs.
* The solid line denotes standard connection and the dashed line indicates optional connections.
* If more than 16 analog inputs are required, an expansion analog input board is necessary.
* An expansion digital input/output board is required for 20 digital inputs/outputs or more. Expansion boards cannot be
installed in the central processing unit chassis.

- 9 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
1.3 Usable Control Functions

The MYPRO TOUCH+ can be used for the following Screw compressors.
J-Series - SINGLE J without Economizer

SINGLE J with Economizer
FM160 - FM160 without Economizer
FM160 with Economizer
V-Series - SINGLE - without Economizer
with Economizer
UD-V with Condenser Control
UD-V with Chiller Control
400 Series
- Compound
MYPRO TOUCH+ contains the following standard control functions:

Internal
Control Function Control Target
controller No.
Compressor capacity control by Discharge/Suction pressure (PID 01/16)

Compressor (low stage) capacity control
Compressor capacity control by leaving brine temperature (PID 02/16)
Evaporator expansion valve control by suction superheat (PID 03/16)
Evaporator expansion valve 1 control Evaporator expansion valve control by suction pressure (PID 04/16)
Evaporator expansion valve control by leaving brine temperature (PID 05/16)
Economizer/intercooler expansion valve control Intercooler expansion valve control by intermediate superheat (PID 06/16)
Liquid injection expansion valve control by discharge temperature/

Liquid injection oil cooling control (PID 07/16)
superheat
Chiller flow control Process flow control by leaving cool brine temperature (PID 08/16)
Condenser fan revolutions/ stage control Condenser fan speed control by discharge pressure (PID 09/16)
Compound two-stage Compressor

Compressor high stage capacity control by intermediate pressure (PID 10/16)
high stage capacity control
Compressor VFD control by suction/discharge pressure (PID 11/16)

Compressor Variable Frequency Drive(VFD) control
Compressor VFD control by leaving brine temperature (PID 12/16)
Evaporator expansion valve control by suction superheat 2 (PID 13/16)
Evaporator expansion valve 2 control
Evaporator expansion valve control by chiller gas pressure 2 (PID 14/16)
Chiller liquid level control Level control by chiller liquid (PID 15/16)
Unused Unused (PID 16/16)
Other
Capacity control by remote capacity command inputs (analog/digital input)
Compressor number control (AUTO STAGE)
Vi automatic variable control (Auto-Vi)
Hot gas bypass control
Starting bypass control
Compressor oil seal protection
Evaporator Oil Return control
Select options from ‘System Configuration’ when these other control functions are used.
Multiple control functions may have overlapped inputs/outputs and cannot be used at the same time.
The function is not available when it has not been connected expansion IO hardware.
Reference Section: 7.3 MYPRO TOUCH+ Input/Output list.

- 10 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Chapter 2 Components and Their Functions
2.1 Touchscreen
Bottom View Back View Side View
Touch screen connections

Part Item Function
1 Serial Port Communication port for CPU board in MYPRO TOUCH+ ONLY. DO NOT USE.
Ethernet transmission Interface (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

Connector : Modular jack RJ-45 x 2
Indicator Indicator Description
2 Ethernet Ports On No data transmission
Active
Blinking Data transmission is active.
On Valid link has been detected.
Link
Off Valid link has NOT been detected.
Two supporting USB 2.0. Communication distance: 5 meters or less
3 USB Ports
One reserved for MYPRO TOUCH+ panel maintenance
4 Power Supply To supply 24 VDC (See next page “Important Notice for Power Supply”)
5 Expansion Slot Future Expansion. Do Not use.
6 SD Card Slot Storage Data card used for supporting documents and data.
Touch screen Indicator

Part Item Function
Touch screen status indicator.

Color Indicator Description
Steady Normal operation
A Green
Blinking Communication error
Steady Hardware fault
Red
Off Battery low / fault

- 11 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Important Notice for Power Supplying
- Class 2 power supply is available for 24 VDC inputs.
- Make sure to twist together ends of power supply cables before connecting them with power supply plug or ring terminal for
enhancing its electromagnetic noise immunity.
- Separate power supply cable from main circuit (high voltage, high current) lines or input/output signal lines.
- Connect lightning surge suppressor for surge measures.
- Make power supply cable as short as possible to reduce electromagnetic noise.
WARNING
Short circuit, fire, unplanned device operation

- Do not connect with live-line at the time of power supply connection.
- Do not put excessive force to power supply cable, to avoid accidental disconnection
- Terminals in power supply terminal block should be tightened by proper torque.(power supply
terminal block : 1.4 N•m)
- Install it to cabinet before connecting with power supply cables or communication lines.
Make sure to follow above instructions. Death, serious injury or damage may result if you do not.
Power Supply Connection

- Separate input/output (such as CPU board) line and touch screen line as shown the figure when connecting power supply.
- Connect with the ground and main body separately when you connect lightning surge suppressor.
(Select the surge suppressor whose maximum circuit voltage is higher than peak voltage of using power.)
- Connect constant voltage transformer when voltage variation is great.
- Use power supply with low noise between line and the ground.
- Connect with isolation transformer, if environment is noisy.
- Capacity of constant voltage transformer and isolation transformer should be bigger than rated value.
Earth
- Ground touchscreen separately from other devices, such as CPU board, as dedicated earth.
- If dedicated earth ground is not available, common earth ground may be used.
(If the common earthing point is corresponding to D-class grounding, it is available.)
Important Notice
- Make sure, if the earth resistance is 100Ω or less.
2
- Use Frame ground (for earthing) electric wire 2 mm (AWG 14) or more.
- Earthing point should be close to MYPRO TOUCH+ panel to shorten earth wire distance. If the earth wire is longer, use
thicker insulated wire.
- Frame ground and signal ground are connected inside of the MYPRO TOUCH+ panel. Design its system to not form short
circuit loop, when signal ground terminals are used for connecting panel with external devices.
- Observe local rules and NEC Standards. Make sure that its earth resistance is 100Ω and the line for the earthing is at least
2
2 mm or AWG 14.
WARNING
Short circuit, fire, unplanned device operation

- Do not use common ground. It may cause accidents or machine trouble.
- Use dedicated ground when you ground the devices.
Make sure to follow above instructions. Death, serious injury or property damage may result.

- 12 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2.2 Central Processing Unit Assembly
Top View
Analog input connection terminals
Inside upper section:

CPU Board without cover
Side view
Front View with cover
Bottom View
Digital input/output
connection terminal
Inside lower section: AD board, DI/O board,
Extension DA board, Extension DI/O board
Installation example of control panel inside

- 13 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2.3 CPU board MT-CPU-03

15 17
12 18
1
3
13
8
16
2
11
4
14
5
6
19
20
9
10 7
CPU Board MT-CPU-03

No. Parts Function
24VDC power connector 24VDC connection from switching power supply to CPU board.
1
(J19) (Use the plug “PC4/3-ST-7.62” for connection.)
CPU operation checking
2 Red lamp blinks at regular intervals while the CPU is running normally.
lamp(LED8)
Resets the MYPRO TOUCH+ controller. Reference 3.2.1.
Reset switch
3 CAUTION
(SW4)
Operate the reset switch carefully
The switch is numbered top to bottom with “1” to “6”. Slide switch to the top for ON position.
DIP switch
4 The factory default setting of these 6 switches (from 1 to 6) are ‘ON, ON, ON, ON, OFF,
(SW5)
OFF’.
DIP switch The switch is numbered top to bottom with “1” to “4”. Slide switch to the top to set it to ON.
5
(SW7) The factory default setting of these 4 switches (from 1 to 4) are ‘OFF, OFF, OFF, OFF’.
AD board connector Connection for AD board to the CPU board.

6
(J18) (Use harness”MT-HCPAD-0100-U” between CPU board and AD board for connection.)
DI/O board connector Connection for DI/O board to the CPU board.
7
(J4) (Use harness “MT-HCDIO-0100-U” between CPU board and DI/O board for connection.)
Expansion DA board Connection for expansion DA board to the CPU board.

8 connector (Use harness”MT-HCPDA-0100-U” between CPU board and expansion DA board for
(J20) connection.)
Connection for expansion DI/O driver boards. The connectors are provided on the CPU
DI/O Expansion Driver board to accommodate 4 expansion DI/O driver boards (16 inputs/outputs).
9 board connector The #1 connector (J5, J9) is for digital inputs/outputs 1 to 4, #2 (J6, J10) for digital
(J5 to J12) inputs/outputs 5 to 8, #3 (J7, J11) for digital inputs/outputs 9 to 12, and #4 (J8, J12) for digital
inputs/outputs 13 to 16.

- 14 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
No. Parts Function
It used to connect an Expansion DI/O board to the CPU board.

DI/O Expansion board (Use harness “MT-HEDIO-0100-U” between CPU board and Expansion DI/O board for
10 connector connection.)
(J13 to J16) The J13 connector is for digital inputs/outputs 1 to 4, J14 for digital inputs/outputs 5 to 8,
J15 for digital inputs/outputs 9 to 12, and J16 for digital inputs/outputs 13 to 16.
COM1 operation lamp

11 Green light indicates transmitting; red light indicates receiving.
(LED6)
Terminals for 4-wire RS-485 communication ports.
It is used for data communication with MYPRO TOUCH+ HMI.
It corresponds as follows though the content of the print of the terminal block label or the
communication line label might be different depending on the shipment time.
COM1 terminal block
12 Signal Frame
(TB1) Receive+ Receive- Transmit+ Transmit-
Ground Ground
RX+ RX- TX+ TX-
( RD+ ) ( RD- ) ( SD+ ) ( SD- ) SG FG
( RA ) ( RB ) ( SA ) ( SB )
COM1 terminating
Switches turn ON/OFF each terminating resistors installed in the CPU board.
13 resistor switches
They provide termination for the sending and receiving lines independently.
(SW2)
COM2 operation lamp

14 Green light indicates transmitting; red light indicates receiving.
(LED7)
COM2 terminal Terminals for 4-wire RS-485 communication ports.
15
block(TB2) Data communication is mainly used for MYPRO TOUCH+, optional selection ”Auto Stage”
COM2 terminating
These switches turn ON/OFF each terminating resistors installed in the CPU board.
16 resistor switches
They provide termination for the sending and receiving lines independently.
(SW3)
Battery holder
17 Battery used for internal timing clock. Lithium battery type CR2032.
(BAT1)
USB(Type-B) connector Connect with MYPRO TOUCH+ support software ONLY.
18
(J3) Do not use it for other purpose.
JTA connector Used for production adjustment only.
19
(J1) Do not connect it with anything.
CAUTION
20 Heat sink
The heatsink is hot. Do not touch.
WARNING
Do NOT operate any switches on CPU board when compressor unit running.

- 15 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2.3.1 Reset Switch on CPU Board

MYPRO TOUCH+ CPU reset is required, when “There is no read request” or” There is no response to write request” messages are
shown on the MYPRO TOUCH+ display screen.
Use reset switch for CPU resetting.

The reset switch is in the location encircled in the above figure.
Press and release the switch to reset MYPRO TOUCH+. MYPRO TOUCH+ will be rebooted (but the system is not set up by simply
pressing this switch).
The system is also reset by cycling power on the MYPRO TOUCH+ CPU power supply.
WARNING
Resetting MYPRO TOUCH+ brings the controller in a momentary unstable condition, following which MYPRO
TOUCH+ is placed in a condition that would result just after turning power ON. As this condition is detrimental to the
compressor unit if it occurs during operation, never perform system resetting while the compressor and accessory is
in operation.
* Setting Point initialization Method with hardware

All dipswitches on SW7 should be set on and then turn on the power supply or perform CPU reset to initialize all
Setpoints with only hardware.
After that, turn off all dipswitches on SW7, and do CPU reset again for the normal reboot.

- 16 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2.3.2 Replacement of battery for Internal Timing Clock on CPU Board

MYPRO TOUCH uses the CPU battery to power the internal clock in the event of a power failure. The battery is capable of
supplying power to maintain memory of parameters for about three years. The battery begins discharging immediately after it is
produced even if it is not used.
If power failure occurs when the battery is completely discharged, the internal clock will be reset to the initial value.
NOTE: The battery life may be shorter than three years in high-temperature or other unfavorable environments.
To prevent this problem, MYPRO TOUCH has a low battery detection. If a low battery condition is detected, the “BATTERY ALARM”
message will display on the ‘Active Alarm and Events’ screen and section of the ‘Main Status’ screen. The MYPRO TOUCH
doesn't contain Digital Output of this warning.
CAUTION
If the “BATTERY ALARM” message is displayed, replace the battery immediately.

If the CPU is reset by turning on the power supply with the internal battery discharged, MYPRO TOUCH+ will
automatically restart under “Control program stopping condition” for safety concerns. Once this has occurred,
the compressor will not operate until the battery is replaced with new battery.
Replace the battery with system power off. Battery replacement time is only 1-minute period. If replacement exceeds 1 minute,
internal clock may be back to initial value. Check the timing data after the replacement.
Use the following method to replace the internal battery.

(1) Insert finger into the part indicated by the arrow and pull the battery. Now the battery is free for removal.
Be sure to hold the battery otherwise, it will drop when the clip is released.
CAUTION
Do this operation carefully not to let the battery

touch any of the nearby components.
The right figure shows the method which you should remove the battery.
(2) While holding a new battery by its top and bottom, engage the battery with the clip at the right part in the holder as indicated
by the circle on the left figure.
The right figure shows the battery engaged into the clips.
Keep holding the battery to prevent it from dropping onto
the CPU board.
(3) Press the battery gently into its horizontal position in the holder. When the clips engage the battery into the metal fitting, the
battery is set the proper position. Confirm the holder tabs hold the battery steadily.

- 17 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2.4 Analog Input Boards MT-AD-02

1
Second First
6
2
3 4
5
AD Board MT-AD-02
No. Parts Function
24VDC power supply
Connection for 24VDC from switching power supply to AD board.
1 connector
Use plugs “PC4/3-ST-7.62” for connection.
(J3)
CPU board connection to an AD board.

AD board connector
2 Use contact harness”MT-HCPDA-0100-U” between CPU board and AD board.
(J1)
Pin configuration is same as No.4 (J2). (They are replaceable.)
Switch to set channels on each 8-point AD board.

Switch settings specify:
AD board channel setting Setting "1" for analog input Ch.01 to 08,
3 rotary switch Setting "2" for analog input Ch. 09 to 16,
(SW11) Setting "4" for analog input Ch.17 to 24 (expansion),
Setting "8" for analog input Ch.25 to 32 (expansion)
Set the channel as same as above photos, No.5 (SW12).
Connection for expansion AD boards.

AD board connector MYPRO TOUCH Type-S uses 2 AD boards as standard.
4
(J2) Use harness”MT-HADAD-0100-U” between AD boards for connection.
As above photos, pin configuration is same as No.2 (J1). (They are replaceable.)
Switch to set channels on each 8-point AD board.

Switch settings specify:
AD board channel setting Setting "1" for analog input Ch. 01 to 08,
5 rotary switch Setting "2" for analog input Ch. 09 to 16,
(SW12) Setting "4" for analog input Ch.17 to 24(expansion),
Setting "8" for analog input Ch.25 to 32(expansion)
Set the channel as same as above photos, No.3 (SW11).
Switch for analog inputs CH7, CH8 on first board and CH15, CH16 on second board, to
select current/voltage inputs or potentiometer inputs.
Position each switch to the right to activate A for current/voltage or left to activate B for
Potentiometer input
6 potentiometer input.
selector switch
The factory default is as follows:
First AD board switches are set to A.
Second AD board switches are set to B.

- 18 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
No. Parts Function
Analog Input Switch selects voltage or current of each analog input.

7 Current/voltage selector Set switch to ON for current input or OFF for voltage input.
switches (SW1 to 8) (Switches are defaulted to OFF.)
Terminals used to connect analog input wires.

Use plugs “MSTB2.5/3-ST-5.08” for connection.
Each terminal block can supply sensors with power (although the power level is limited).
Either current/voltage input or potentiometer input is selectable for CH15 and CH16.
Analog input terminal
8 CH15A and CH16A are assigned to current/voltage inputs. CH15B is assigned to low-stage
blocks
potentiometer inputs, and CH16B is assigned to high-stage potentiometer inputs.
To use CH15 and CH16, connect desired input lines to the corresponding terminal blocks
and set the current/voltage selector switches for CH 15 and CH 16 appropriately.
(See Section 2.2).
NOTE:
Use also the above analog input boards when adding analog input channels (AD CH17 to CH32). These boards cannot be
installed into the CPU chassis due space limitations.
Terminal Block
First Board Second Board
CH. 1 3 5 7 This part is CH. 9 11 13 15A 15B

2 4 6 8 not used 10 12 14 16A 16B
in the first board.
Refer to
next page.

- 19 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2.4.1 Current / Voltage Selection and Terminal Block Connections on
Analog Input Boards

The analog input current /voltage selector switches, SW1 to 8 (for CH1 to CH8) on the associated analog input boards must be set
to proper position. Set switch to ON when the analog input sources provide current signals or set switch to OFF for voltage signal
input.
The internal circuit of MYPRO TOUCH analog inputs are shown below.
AD board
Internal circuit of
24V
MYPRO TOUCH Current/voltage
selector switch
1 24V
Input To AD converter circuit

2 +
Filter
Circuit 250Ω
3 -
AG
Board mounting hole

FG
When the current/voltage selector switch is set to ON position, a 250Ω resistor connects to the input circuit as shown in the above
diagram. DC current signals of 4 to 20 mA will convert into 1 to 5 VDC voltage signals before being input to the analog-to-digital
(A/D) converter circuit. When the selector switch is set to OFF, the current signals are input directly to the A/D converter circuit.
Make connections on each terminal block as follows:

- Current signal sources using MYPRO TOUCH’s power supply:
Connect “+” of the signal source to the 24V terminal of the channel terminal block. Connect “-” to the appropriate “+” channel
terminals 1 to 16 of the terminal block.
- Current signal sources using an outside power supply:
Connect “+” of the signal source to the appropriate “+” terminals 1 to 16 on the terminal block and the “-” to the appropriate “-”
terminals 1 to 16 on the terminal block.
- Voltage signal sources:
Connect the “+” of the signal source to the appropriate “+” terminals 1 to 16 on the terminal block and the “-” to the appropriate
“-” terminals 1 to 16 on the terminal block.
CAUTION
Move the switch until it clicks.
NOTE:
The switch is set to ON before shipment from the factory. (Current type signal source)

- 20 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2.4.2 Input Type Selection for Channels 15 and 16 of Analog Input Boards
Analog input channels CH7 and CH8 on the first AD board and CH15 and CH16 on the second AD board are configurable for
current/voltage inputs or potentiometer inputs on MYPRO TOUCH.
When the position of the analog input selector switch marked “SW9” on the AD board is set to “A”, CH7 and/or CH15 are fixed as
current/voltage inputs and terminal blocks CH7A and/or CH15A are active. When the position of the switch is set to “B”, CH7 and/or
CH15 are fixed as potentiometer inputs and terminal blocks CH7B and/or CH15B are active.
Selector switch marked “SW10” on the AD board provides the same configuration for CH8 and/or CH16 (see NOTE under table
below).
The schematic diagram below illustrates the A/D converter internal circuit of MYPRO TOUCH AD board.
AD board
Current/voltage A case of
inputs 15CH
CH15A
from analog input A
board AD
converter
Potentiometer Integrated
inputs Potentiometer B
CH15B converter circuit circuit
from analog input
board
Analog input
selector switch
SW9
Selection of signal Source Type for Channels 15 and 16
SW7 or SW8 SW9 or SW10

Input Source Connection
of AD board of AD board
Potentiometer inputs 1 to 3 are connected to

Any position
Potentiometer terminals LF1 to LF3 of terminal block CH15B on B
(ON and OFF)
analog input board.
Current signal source Connect “+” to terminal 24V on CH15A terminal

with power supplied block of analog input board and “-” to ON A
from MYPRO TOUCH terminal15A+.
Current signal source Connect “+” of input to terminal 15A+ on CH15A

with power supplied terminal block of analog input board and “-” to ON A
externally terminal 15A-.
Connect “+” of input to terminal 15A+ on CH15A

Voltage signal source terminal block of analog input board and “-” to OFF A
terminal 15A-.
NOTE:
The above table also applies to selection of analog input type for channel 16 if channel number “15” is read as “16”, switch number
“SW7” of the AD board as “SW8”, and switch number “SW9” as “SW10”.
CAUTION

- 21 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Move the switch lever until it clicks.
2.5 Digital Input/Output Board
2.5.1 MT-DIOA-01 (only AC load)
* This DI/O board is only for AC (alternating current) load. It is not possible to use it for DC (direct current) load.
1
3
MT-DIOA-01
4
8
9
5
2
DIO Board MT-DIOA-01

No. Name Function
Connects DI/O board to the CPU board.

1 DI/O(6/10)board connector
Use harness” MT-HCDIO-O1OO-U” to connect between the CPU board and a DI/O board.
Terminal used for connection of digital input/output wires.

2 DI/O terminal Block Terminal 1A and1B correspond to DI/O CH1 and terminal 16A and 16B correspond to DI/O
CH16.
The lamp indicates the status of the digital input/output. The lamp lit indicates “ON” and no
3 DI/O operation lamp light denotes “OFF”.
LED1 corresponds to DI/O CH1 and LED16 corresponds to DI/O CH16.
4 DO (digital Output) circuit DI/O CH1 to CH10 are assigned for digital outputs.
5 DI (digital input) circuit DI/O CH11 to CH16 are assigned for digital inputs.
Solid state relay(SSR) : G3MC-202P-VD, 12 VDC
6 Solid state relay
(Output adaptive load is 100 to 240 VAC, 2A)
TNR
7 Resistor protects relay contacts.
(ceramic variable resister)
Circuit protector provides overcurrent protection of relays.
CP When the current, over 2A, flows to the relay contact, the protector shuts down the output.
8
(circuit protector) When this occurs, white button of circuit protector will rise slightly.
To reset, eliminate the overcurrent and press the white button.

- 22 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
The terminal maintains the continuity between ground and the printed circuit board.
9
FG terminal CAUTION
(frame ground)
Make sure to check the continuity of the FG terminal to ground terminal. If

continuity is not enough, the digital input/output board will not work normally.
2.5.2 MT-DIOA-DC01 (DC load only)
* This DI/O board is only for DC (direct current) load. It is not possible to use it for AC (alternating current) load.
1
3
MT-DIOA-DC01
4
8
9
5
2
DIO Board MT-DIOA-DC01

No. Name Function
Connector is used to connect a DI/O board to the CPU board.

1 DI/O (6/10) board connector
Use harness ” MT-HCDIO-O1OO-U” between the CPU board and a DI/O board.
Terminal block is used for connection of digital input/output wires.

2 DI/O terminal Block
Terminal 1A and 1B correspond to CH1 and Terminal 16A and 16B correspond to CH16.
The lamp indicates the status of the digital input/output. The lamp lit indicates “ON” and no
3 DI/O operation lamp light denotes “OFF”.
LED1 corresponds to CH1 and LED16 corresponds to CH16.
4 DO (digital Output) circuit DI/O CH1 to CH10 are assigned for digital outputs.
5 DI (digital input) circuit DI/O CH11 to CH16 are assigned for digital inputs.
Solid state relay(SSR) : G3DZ-DZ02P, 12VDC

6 Solid state relay
(Output adaptive load is 5 to 24VDC, 2A)
TNR
7 Resistor protects relay contacts.
(ceramic variable resister)
It shuts down the outputs when the current of over 2A flows to the relay contact.
CP
8 At the time, white knob of circuit protector will comes up slightly.
(circuit protector)
Eliminate the over current and press the white knob to reset.

- 23 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
The terminal maintains the continuity between ground and the printed circuit board.
9 FG(frame ground )terminal CAUTION
Make sure to check the continuity of the FG terminal to ground terminal. If

continuity is not enough, the digital input/output board will not work normally.
2.6 Expansion Analog Output Board MT-DA-02

1
DA board MT-DA-02
No. Parts Function
24VDC power supply
Connector to supply 24 VDC from switching power supply to expansion DA board.
1 connector
Use plugs “PC4/3-ST-7.62” for connection.
(J2)
Connects the expansion DA board to the CPU board.

DA board connector
2 Use harness”MT-HCPDA-0100-U” between CPU board and an expansion DA board for
(J1)
connection.
Analog output terminal Terminal blocks connect 4 to 20mA DC analog output wires.
3 blocks Use plugs “IC2.5/3-ST-5.08” for connection.
(TB1)
CAUTION
Analog outputs cannot be configured without installation of expansion analog output board.
Install expansion output board before the setting using analog outputs.

- 24 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2.7 Expansion Digital Input/Output (DI/O) Board
2.7.1 Option: AC load only

* This DI/O board is only for AC (alternating current) load. It is not possible to use it for DC (direct current) load.
DI/O (0/4) board MT-DIO4-01 + DI/O (0/4) driver board REF-MCS200-SO3
DI/O (2/2) board MT-DIO2-01 + DI/O (2/2) driver board REF-MCS200-SC23
For 4 outputs : MT-DIO4-01 For 2 inputs/2 outputs : MT-DIO2-01
1
3
4
6
5
8
9
DI/O (0/4) driver board DI/O (2/2) driver board

: REF-MCS200-SO3 : REF-MCS200-SC23
DI/O Expansion board

No. Parts Function
It is used to connect an expansion DI/O board to the CPU board.
1 DI/O board connector (Use harness “MT-HEDIO-0100-U” between the CPU board and an expansion DI/O board
for connection.)
It is used for connection of digital input/output wires.
2 DI/O terminal block Terminal 1A and1B correspond to DI/O CH1 and Terminal 4A and 4B correspond to DI/O
CH4.
It indicates whether digital input/output is “ON or OFF”. (Lighting means “ON”, no light
3 DIO operation lamp means “OFF”)
LED1 corresponds to DI/O CH1 and LED 4 corresponds to DI/O CH 4
On the MT-DIO4-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH4 are assigned for digital outputs.
DO (digital output) circuit,
4, 5 On the MT-DIO2-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH2 are assigned for digital outputs and
DI (digital input) circuit
DI/O CH3 to CH4 are assigned for digital inputs
Solid state reply(SSR) : G3MC-202P-VD, 12VDC
6 Solid state reply
(Output applicable load is 100 to 240VAC, 2A)
TNR
7 It is provided to protect contacts of the relays.
(ceramic variable resister))
CP
(Circuit protector)
It maintains continuity between ground (terminal) and the printed circuit board.
FG(frame ground) CAUTION

9
terminal
Make sure to check the continuity of the FG terminal to ground (terminal);
If it is not enough, the digital input/output board does not work normally.

- 25 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2.7.2 Option: DC load only

* This DI/O board is only for DC (direct current) load. It is not possible to use it for AC (alternating current) load.
DI/O (0/4) board MT-DIO4-DC01 + DI/O (0/4) driver board REF-MCS200-SO3 (The driver board is the same for the AC load.)
DI/O (2/2) board MT-DIO2-DC01 + DI/O (2/2) driver board REF-MCS200-SC23 (The driver board is the same for the AC load.)
For 4 outputs : MT-DIO4-DC01 For 2 inputs/2 outputs : MT-DIO2-DC01
1
3
4
6
5
8
9
DI/O (0/4) driver board DI/O (2/2) driver board

: REF-MCS200-SO3 : REF-MCS200-SC23
DI/O Expansion board

No. Parts Function
Connects an Expansion DI/O board to the CPU board.
1 DI/O board connector
Use cable MT-HEDIO-0100-U to connect the CPU board and the DI/O Expansion board.
Terminals to connect the digital input/output wires.
2 DI/O terminal block Terminal 1A and1B correspond to DI/O CH1 and Terminal 4A and 4B correspond to DI/O
CH4.
Status LED indicates the state of the digital input/output. LED will light to indicate ON and
3 DIO operation lamp no light indicates OFF.
LED1 corresponds to DI/O CH1 and LED 4 corresponds to DI/O CH 4
On the MT-DIO4-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH4 are assigned for digital outputs.
DO (digital output) circuit,
4, 5 On the MT-DIO2-01 board, DI/O CH1 to CH2 are assigned for digital outputs and
DI (digital input) circuit
DI/O CH3 to CH4 are assigned for digital inputs
Solid state reply(SSR) : G3DZ-DZ02P, DC12V
(Output applicable load is DC 5 to 24V, 2A)
6 Solid state reply
* This SSR is only for DC (direct current) load.
It is not possible to use it for AC (alternating current) load.
TNR
7 It is provided to protect contacts of the relays.
(ceramic variable resistor)
CP
(Circuit protector)
It maintains continuity between ground (terminal) and the printed circuit board.
FG(frame ground) CAUTION

9
terminal
Make sure to check the continuity of the FG terminal to ground (terminal);
If it is not enough, the digital input/output board does not work normally.

- 26 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Chapter 3 : Screen Operation

3.1 Display Screens
The MYPRO TOUCH+ has two types of MAIN SCREENS. The Main Gauge Screen and the Main Status Display Screen. Either
one of the screens can be programmed to become the HOME screen.
3.1.1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Used for Screen Items

In both of the top screens the MYPRO TOUCH+ uses the following abbreviations. The tables below provide the channel number
for inputs and outputs that are displayed on the screens. In addition, it provides reference to the drawings found in this manual.
Real analog inputs

Acronym Description Input Channel No.
SP SUCTION PRESSURE AI-01
DP DISCHARGE PRESSURE AI-02
OP OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE AI-03
AFP AFTER FILTER PRESSURE AI-04
BFP BEFORE FILTER PRESSURE AI-04 or AI-13 or AI-14
ST SUCTION TEMPERATURE AI-05
DT DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE AI-06
OT OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE AI-07
OS OIL SEPARATOR TEMPERATURE AI-08
AFFP AFTER FINE FILTER PRESSURE AI-08
IP INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE AI-09
IT INTERMEDIATE TEMPERATURE AI-10
SDP SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE AI-11 or AI-22
LVL LIQUID LEVEL AI-11
MA MOTOR ELECTRIC CURRENT AI-12
EBT CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE AI-13
LBT CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE AI-14
LSV (LOW STAGE) SLIDE VALVE POSITION AI-15
HSV HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE POSITION AI-16
SSP SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE AI-16 or AI-19
SVOP SLIDE VALVE OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE AI-16
PSV Vi PORT SLIDE VALVE POSITION AI-16
CGP1 CHILLER GAS OUTLET PRESSURE-1 AI-17
CGT1 CHILLER GAS OUTLET TEMPERATURE-1 AI-18
RLD REMOTE CAPACITY/VFD ROTATION CONTROL TARGET AI-20
CGP2 CHILLER GAS OUTLET PRESSURE-2 AI-23
CGT2 CHILLER GAS OUTLET TEMPERATURE-2 AI-24
Available channels of AI-08, AI-09, AI-10, AI-11,
OPT1 OPTION ANALOG INPUT 1/4
AI-13, AI-14,AI-17 to AI-32
AI-13, AI-14,AI-17 to AI-32
AI-13, AI-14,AI-17 to AI-32
AI-13, AI-14,AI-17 to AI-32

- 27 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Acronym Description DI/O No. Symbol
COMP COMPRESSOR DO 1 Y0
OILP OIL PUMP DO 2 or 21 Y1 or Y14
O/P2 OILPUMP2 DO 2 or 21 Y1 or Y14
LOAD (LOW STAGE) LOADING SOLENOID VALVE
DO 3 Y2
FMLD FM160 CAPACITY CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
UNLD (LOW STAGE) UNLOADING SOLENOID VALVE
DO 4 Y3
FMUL FM160 CAPACITY CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2
INJS LIQUID INJECTION LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE DO 5 or 18 Y4 or Y12
OILH OIL HEATER DO 5, 7 or 18 Y4, Y6 or Y12
FLLD 100% RUNNING OUTPUT DO 5 Y4
HILD HIGH STAGE LOADING SOLENOID VALVE DO 5 or 23 Y4 or Y16
INJY LIQUID INJECTION YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE DO 6 or 19 Y5 or Y13
HIUL HIGH STAGE UNLOADING SOLENOID VALVE DO 6 or 24 Y5 or Y17
OILR OIL RETURN SOLENOID VALVE DO 6 or 7 Y5 or Y6
I/CS ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE DO 7 or 8 Y6 or Y7
L->H Vi SLIDE L->H SOLENOID VALVE FOR Vi -PORT DO 8 Y7
OILF OIL FEED SOLENOID VALVE
DO 9 Y8
H->L Vi SLIDE H->L SOLENOID VALVE FOR Vi-PORT
FAIL FAILURE DO 10 Y9
EMGC EMERGENCY STOP DI 11 XA
MSRB MAIN STARTER READ BACK DI 12 XB
INT1 INTERLOCK-1 DI 13 XC
INT2 INTERLOCK-2
DI 14 XD
LOCK CAPACITY 100% LOCK
INT3 INTERLOCK-3
DI 15 XE
OLVH OIL LEVEL SWITCH
RMST REMOTE START INPUT DI 16 XF
EVPS CHILLER LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE DO 17 Y10
MPLD PORT-M Vi INCREASE SOLENOID VALVE DO 17 or 26 Y10 or Y19
EVPY CHILLER YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE DO 18 Y11
MPUL PORT-M Vi DECREASE SOLENOID VALVE DO 18 or 27 Y11 or Y1A
CHLP CHILLER PUMP
DO 19 Y12
SVBP Vi SLIDE VALVE BYPASS SOLENOID VALVE
SBYP STARTING BYPASS SOLENOID VALVE
DO 20 Y13
HBYP HOT GAS BYPASS SOLENOID VALVE
OILD OIL DRAIN SOLENOID VALVE
DO 21 Y14
I/CY ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE
ALRM ALARM DO 22 Y15
EVS2 CHILLER LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE 2 DO 23 Y16
LHLD PORT-L/H Vi INCREASE SOLENOID VALVE DO 23 or 29 Y16 or Y1C
EVY2 CHILLER YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE 2 DO 24 Y17
LHUL PORT-L/H Vi DECREASE SOLENOID VALVE DO 24 or 30 Y17 or Y1D
CND1 CONDENSER(VFD) OUTPUT 1 DO 25 Y18
AUX AUXILIARY DO 18 or 25 Y11 or Y18
CND2 CONDENSER OUTPUT 2 DO 26 Y19
CND3 CONDENSER OUTPUT 3
DO 27 Y1A
EOR4 EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN OUTPUT 4
CND4 CONDENSER OUTPUT 4 DO 28 Y1B

- 28 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Acronym Description DI/O No. Symbol
IJY2 LIQUID INJECTION YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE 2
CND5 CONDENSER OUTPUT5
EVS3 CHILLER LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE 3
DO 29 Y1C
RDY READY TO START
CND6 CONDENSER OUTPUT 6
EVY3 CHILLER YOSAKU EXPANSION VALVE 3 DO 30 Y1D
RMLD REMOTE LOAD INPUT
DI 31 X1E
EORL EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SWITCH
RMUL REMOTE UNLOAD INPUT
DI 32 X1F
EMVL EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV LIMIT SWITCH (Close)
Virtual analog inputs (derived from real analog inputs through calculation)
Acronym Description Assigned Input Channel No.
OIL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
dOP (System Config. dependent) OP-DP / OP-SP / DP-OP AI-65
FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
dFP (System Config. dependent) DP-AFP / BFP-OP / DP-OP AI-66
dP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE AI-67

(System Config. dependent) OP-SP / AFP-SP (BFP-SP) / AFP-IP (BFP-IP)
SUCTION SUPERHEAT
CGP1:Not Use, CGT1:Not Use ST - (SP saturation temperature)
SSH CGP1:Use, CGT1:Not Use ST - (CGP1 saturation temperature) AI-68
CGP1:Not Use, CGT1:Use CGT1 - (SP saturation temperature)
CGP1:Use, CGT1:Use CGT1 - (CGP1 saturation temperature)
ISH INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT (IT – IP saturation temperature) AI-69
DSH DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT (DT - DP saturation temperature) AI-70
DISCHARGE/SUCTION PRESSURE RATIO
D/S (In case of "J Economizer w/ Sensor" AI-71
: DISCHARGE/INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE RATIO)
Vi CALCULATED Vi AI-72
CRVi CURRENT Vi AI-73
CAP COMPRESSOR CAPACITY AI-74
SVP SLIDE VALVE PERCENTAGE AI-75
ATP AUTO STAGE TARGET(PRESSURE) AI-76
dOP2 OIL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE2 (SVOP - OP) AI-77
SUCTION SUPERHEAT2
SSH2 In case of Chiller Expansion Valve : 2-MOTORIZED VALVES AI-78
CGT2 - CGP2 saturation temperature
dFFP FINE FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (DP - AFFP)
AI-79
dFP2 FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 2 (BFP-OP)
ATT AUTO STAGE TARGET(TEMPERATURE) AI-80
CMPS COMPRESSOR MOTOR SPEED ---
CNDS CONDENSER FAN/PUMP SPEED ---
N.C. NOT CONNECTED
PID controller
Controller NO Description Function
(LOW STAGE) SLIDE VALVE Low stage compressor capacity
PID 01/16
on PRESSURE on pressure control (SP, SSP, DP, SDP)
(LOW STAGE) SLIDE VALVE Low stage compressor capacity
PID 02/16
on CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE on chiller leaving temperature control

- 29 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Controller NO Description Function
CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE Chiller expansion valve opening degree
PID 03/16
on SUCTION SUPERHEAT on suction superheat control
LIMIT on SUCTION PRESSURE Expansion valve opening degree limiter
PID 04/16
for CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE on suction pressure control
LIMIT on CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE Expansion valve opening degree limiter
PID 05/16
for CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE on chiller leaving temperature control
ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER EXPANSION VALVE Eco./Int. expansion valve opening degree
PID 06/16
on INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT on intermediate superheat control
Liquid injection expansion valve opening degree on
PID 07/16 LIQUID INJECTION
discharge temperature/superheat control
FLOW CONTROL VALVE Flow control valve outputs

PID 08/16
on CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE on chiller leaving temperature
PID 09/16 VFD CONDENSER FAN Condenser fan speed VFD control
HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE Compressor high stage capacity
PID 10/16
on INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE on intermediate pressure control
VFD COMPRESSOR Compressor capacity VFD control
PID 11/16
on PRESSURE on pressure control (SP, SSP, DP, SDP)
VFD COMPRESSOR Compressor capacity VFD control
PID 12/16
on CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE on chiller leaving temperature control
CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE2 Evaporator expansion valve 2 opening degree on
PID 13/16
on SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 suction superheat 2 control
LIMIT on CHILLER GAS OUTLET PRESSURE2 Evaporator expansion valve 2 opening degree
PID 14/16
for CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE2 limiter on chiller gas outlet pressure 2 control
PID 15/16 LEVEL Chiller liquid level control
Others
Acronym Full Spelling Acronym Full Spelling
A/O ANALOG OUTPUT MVL MANIPULATING VALUE LOW LIMIT
AI ANALOG INPUT OIL P. OIL PUMP
C7 CHARACTER BIT 7 P. PAGE
C8 CHARACTER BIT 8 PE EVEN PARITY
CH. CHANNEL PN NON PARITY
COMM COMMUNICATION PO ODD PARITY
COMP. COMPRESSOR PRES. PRESSURE
CTRL CONTROL PRESS. PRESSURE
D/O DIGITAL OUTPUT PV PROCESS VALUE
ECONO. ECONOMIZER/INTER COOLER S1 STOP BIT 1
EXP.VALVE EXPANSION VALVE S2 STOP BIT 2
H.SLIDE VALVE HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE SETPT SETPOINT
HI HIGH SH SUPERHEAT
HRS HOURS SP SUCTION PRESSURE
HSV HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE POSITION SV SOLENOID VALVE
I/O INPUT/OUTPUT SV SET VALUE
INTER INTERMEDIATE TEMP TEMPERATURE
L.SLIDE VALVE LOW STAGE SLIDE VALVE VFD VARIABLE FREQUNCY DRIVE
LBT CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE W/ WITH
LO LOW W/O WITHOUT
MV MANIPURATING VALUE
MVH MANIPULATING VALUE HIGH LIMIT

- 30 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.1.2 Main Navigation and Quick Access Buttons

The MYPRO TOUCH+ navigation bar and quick access buttons give the user the ability to quickly view needed information. And
conveniently jump to or from other pages in the panel.
1 2 3 4 5
No. Name Function

1 Open User Management Opens terminal management screen, which gives user the option to manage users.
2 Current User Displays current user ID
3 Screen Capture Captures current screen image and saves it to USB thumb drive
4 Quick Access Buttons Opens valve setpoints window. Pre button jumps to page that was opened previously
5 Change Screen Button Opens gauge screen, or when is displayed it opens top screen or the selected home
page.
6 Job ID Display Area Only when programmed in information window, displays job ID for easier identification.
The MENU button can be located at the bottom of almost all pages in the MYPRO TOUCH+ controller. This helps the user to have
quick and easy access to the 2 main ICON menu windows.
MENU 01 MENU 02
Not available ICONS are grayed out, and selectable ICONS are fully visible. Each ICON displays the selected option and its
setpoints screen.

- 31 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.1.3 Main Gauge Screen (Graphic View)

The “Main Gauge Screen” shows the current compressor's status displayed in gauges.
Color bands and icons help you visualize the operating conditions of the compressor. To navigate to and from each top screen use
the navigation buttons at the top right corner of the screens.
4
5
Display of Main Graphic Screen (Graphic View)

No. Name Function
1 Open Top Screen Button Button opens the top screen of the panel
2 Gauge Display Area Displays gauges according to user selection and adjustment
3 Widget Selection Window Displays the widget selection window.
Displays selected widgets by user.
4 Widget Display Area
Note: Some widgets will not be available if the option is not selected under System Details
5 Main Control Buttons Start, Stop, and Clear Alarm buttons
3.1.3.1 Main Gauge Screen – Adjusting Gauges

When the panel is powered up for the first time, the gauges may look like the picture below. Use the gauge adjustment windows
and widget selection windows to customize the screen to match your preference.
The gauge adjustment windows offer an AUTO adjust button, which will adjust the gauges according to the options selected in the
panel.
No. Name Function

1 Gauge Adjustment Displays the gauge adjustment window, touch the gauge which you wish to adjust
- 32 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
To adjust the gauges, touch over the gauge that you

wish to adjust, the window to the right appears. Use the
AUTO (1) adjust button. The panel will load
automatically, calculated values. If further adjustment is
needed touch the MANUAL (2) button to manipulate the
variables to the right.
The MYPRO TOUCH+ panel offers automatic and manual adjustments for the Suction Pressure and Discharge Pressure gauges
only. Once manually adjusted, to use the AUTO feature again it may be necessary to touch the RESET VALUES button first. In
such scenario, the panel will prompt the user with a pop up message.
3.1.3.1 Main Gauge Screen – Adjusting Widgets

To complete the customization of the gauges screen, the panel offers the ability to select desired widgets to be displayed at the
lower portion of the screen.
WIDGETS DISPLAY AREA
To select desired widgets, touch the PEN icon at the top right (shown above). To bring up the selection window. From the selection
window (shown below), simply touch the widgets that you wish to display in the widgets display area.
Note that some widgets will not be available unless the appropriate options are selected under System Details.

- 33 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.1.4 Main View Screen

The “Main Status Screen” also referred to as the Top Screen. Displays current package conditions with numeric fields in a tabular
form. The OPERATING VALUES table can be customized, allowing the user to select sensor values where they can easily find
them in the table. The Main View screen also offers many quick access buttons and tabs, allowing the user to have most of the
information and controls under 3 touches.
3
1
4
2
5
Display on Main Status Screen

No. Name Function
Displays the controlled variable. If suction pressure is selected
Local Suction Pressure it displays suction pressure or temperature if applicable
Actual slide valve position determined from the potentiometer
SV Percentage readings
1 Current Condition Table Cut In Cut in setpoints
Cut Out Cut out setpoints
Comp State State of compressor
Operation Mode Operation mode of panel
Run Time Hours Compressor runtime hours
Quick Active Events and
2 Alarms View Displays recent events, and active alarms and failures
Displays mainly AI values around the package. However it also offers monitor options for
3 Operating Values Table calculated operating values such as superheat and differential pressures
Quick Setpoint Display Provides quick visualization of current operating conditions and setpoints for specific controls
4 Tabs of the panel. Tabs that are grayed out are options that are not available in the controller
5 Main Control Buttons Start, Stop, and Clear Alarm buttons
3.1.4.1 Main View Screen – Sections Description

'CURRENT CONDITION' Section
The main status screen also offers quick access to change the
operation mode of the compressor. This can be also accessed
through the MENU button. However, the user can also touch
and HOLD the red letter to display the OPERATION MODE
control window.

- 34 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
CAUTION
Depending on the selection for the 'OPERATION' item under the 'OPERATION MODE' screen, The MYPRO
TOUCH+ automatically reacts in the following ways when the STOP button is pressed.
- When the 'LOCAL', 'REMOTE', or 'COMM' mode (excluding the 'AUTO STAGE' mode) are selected.
When the panel is in LOCAL mode pressing the STOP button causes no change to the operation mode.
However, the mode automatically changes to 'LOCAL' when 'REMOTE' or 'COMM' mode are selected. If the
compressor is running it will stop after the pump out process ends (if applicable). Then remain at its stopped
state.
To restart the compressor, verify the operation mode it’s at the desired settings then simply press the START
button.
- When the 'AUTO STAGE' mode has been selected, pressing the STOP switch does not cause any change to
the OPERATION MODE setting in the 'OPERATION MODE' screen. However, the AUTO STAGING selection
automatically changes back to DISABLE.
In this case, if the compressor under control is running when the STOP switch is pressed, the compressor will
stop after completing the liquid collecting process.
Even after the STOP button is pressed at the master station and its 'CONTROL' item setting in the 'AUTO
STAGE' screen is consequently changed to 'DISABLE', the AUTO STAGE control continues to work on all the
other stations (slave stations).
To recover the 'AUTO STAGE' mode control after pressing the STOP switch, it is necessary (for the master
station and the slave station) to perform the steps below. (Simply pressing the START key on the master station
does not recover the automatic staging control.)
1. From the MENU window select the AUTO STAGING icon.

2. Select 'ENABLE' for the 'CONTROL' item in the screen.

- 35 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
'CONTROLS' Section
This screen displays the current states of the capacity control, And other commonly used PID controllers
'Items of 'CONTROLS' Screen

Item Description
It indicates the current set value for capacity control. This item
CONTROL SETPOINT
Pressure or temperature also indicates new setting resulting from setpoint changes
(Capacity control set value)
made at the SETPOINT screen.
Slide Valve PID OUT It indicates calculated value currently used by the capacity
%
(Capacity controller output) controller.
VFD Comp. PID OUT
% Compressor VFD controller output percentage.
(Capacity controller output)
Economizer Setpoints Provides slide valve percentage and suction pressure setpoint
%
for the ON OFF of the economizer solenoid valve.
It indicates calculated value currently used by the Chiller
Chiller Expansion Valve
% Expansion Valve controller.
PID OUT
(SuperHeat Target, Pressure Target, Temperature Target)
Allows user to select the start and stop mode of the
Auto start/stop compressor. By selecting YES the controller uses the CUT IN
Operation Tab and CUT OUT setpoint to start and stop the compressor.
(Capacity control state)
Select desired PID to manipulate. Then change control mode
Capacity Control Mode
to select between manual, auto, or remote control.
'ACTIVE EVENTS AND ALARMS' Section

The active events and alarms section, display any active alarm or failure and logs events that have occurred in the panel with its
time stamp. It will also display a limiting condition when a safety limiter is active in the panel.
Limits the capacity control of the compressor, in case the motor amps goes
LIMIT
MA above the limiter setpoint.
(Motor amperage limiter) It force unloads the compressor, in case the motor amps goes above the
UNLOAD
unload limiter.
Limits the capacity control of the compressor, in case the discharge pressure
LIMIT
DP goes above the limiter setpoint.
(Discharge pressure limiter) It force unloads the compressor, in case the discharge pressure goes above
UNLOAD
the unload limiter.
Limits the capacity control of the compressor, in case the suction pressure
LIMIT
SP goes below the limiter setpoint.
(Suction pressure limiter) It force unloads the compressor, in case the suction pressure goes below the
UNLOAD
unload limiter.
Limits the capacity control of the compressor, in case the intermediate
LIMIT
IP pressure goes below the limiter setpoint.
(Intermediate pressure limiter) It force unloads the compressor, in case the intermediate pressure goes
UNLOAD
below the unload limiter.
NOTE:
- If a limiter is activated, the capacity control is limited even when the control target pressure or temperature is higher than the
capacity control set value (SETPOINT).

- 36 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
'OPERATING VALUE' Section
This screen displays various process values and other analog input data.
The values to be displayed can be selected from the selection window. Touch any of the ID cells to bring up the selection window
shown to the right.
Abbreviation Description
Item Description Item Description
SP Suction Pressure at AI-01 ( CGP1 ) Chiller Gas outlet Pressure 1 at AI-17
DP Discharge Pressure at AI-02 ( CGT1 ) Chiller Gas outlet Temperature 1 at AI-18
OP supply Oil Pressure at AI-03 ( RLD ) Remote capacity command input at AI-20
AFP After-Filter Pressure at AI-04 ( CGP2 ) Chiller Gas outlet Pressure 2 at AI-23
( BFP ) Before-Filter Pressure at AI-04 ( CGT2 ) Chiller Gas outlet Temperature 2 at AI-24
ST Suction Temperature at AI-05 dOP Differential Oil supply Pressure at AI-65
DT Discharge Temperature at AI-06 dFP Differential Filter Pressure at AI-66
OT supply Oil Temperature at AI-07 ( dP ) Differential Pressure at AI-67
OS Separator Oil temperature at AI-08 SSH Suction Superheat at AI-68
( AFFP ) After-Fine-Filter Pressure at AI-08 ( ISH ) Intermediate Superheat at AI-69
( IP ) Intermediate Pressure at AI-09 DSH Discharge Superheat at AI-70
( IT ) Intermediate Temperature at AI-10 D/S Discharge/Suction pressure ratio at AI-71
( SDP ) System Discharge Pressure at AI-11 or 22 ( Vi ) Calculated Vi at AI-72
( LVL ) Liquid LeveL at AI-11 ( CRVi ) Current Vi at AI-73
MA compressor motor electric current at AI-12 CAP compressor Capacity at AI-74
( EBT ) chiller Entering Temperature at AI-13 SVP Slide Valve Percentage at AI-75
( LBT ) chiller Leaving Temperature at AI-14 ( ATP ) Auto Stage Target at AI-76 (pressure)
LSV Low-stage Slide Valve position at AI-15 ( dOP2 ) Differential Oil supply Pressure 2 at AI-77
( HSV ) High-stage Slide Valve position at AI-16 ( SSH2 ) Suction Superheat 2 at AI-78
( SSP ) System Suction Pressure at AI-16 or 19 ( dFFP ) Differential after-Fine-Filter Pressure at AI-79
( SVOP ) Oil supply Pressure for Slide Valve at AI-16 ( dFP2 ) Differential Filter Pressure 2 at AI-79
( PSV ) Vi Port Slide Valve Position at AI-16 ( ATT ) Auto Stage Target (temperature) at AI-80
( CMPS ) Compressor Motor Speed ( CNDS ) Condenser FAN/PUMP Speed
( OPT1 ) Process value of optional analog input 1/4 ( OPT2 ) Process value of optional analog input 2/4
( OPT3 ) Process value of optional analog input 3/4 ( OPT4 ) Process value of optional analog input 4/4
CAUTION
All OPERATING VALUES selected to be displayed in these screens will be retained through power cycles
and even after the controller is taking into special boot mode. However if a CPU program update is
performed the panel will clear all OPERATING VALUES selected.
In such scenario, the OPERATING VALUES (PV) must be selected again.

- 37 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
NOTE:
- In the above table, “AI-xx” indicates an analog input channel number. After 'AI-65', virtual analog values are generated through
calculation inside the MYPRO TOUCH+ controller and are used as inputs.
- The last four cells of the OPERATING VALUE provide the flexibility of renaming its ID.
- The following virtual input values are derived from the associated process value as follows:
dFP Filter differential Pressure, dOP Oil differential Pressure
dP differential Pressure, dOP2 Oil differential Pressure 2
dFP2 Filter differential Pressure 2
with OIL PUMP

OIL FEED TYPE
SYSTEM CONFIG.
FULL PRE PARTIAL AUTO dFP dFP2 dOP dP dOP2
LUBE LUBE LUBE LUBE
SINGLE ○ × - - ×
DP-AFP BFP-OP
SINGLE ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR OP-DP AFP-SP ×
× ○ - - BFP-OP ×
SINGLE ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
BFP-SP
○ × - - ×
DP-AFP BFP-OP
COMPOUND-1 OP-DP AFP-IP ×
× ○ - - BFP-OP ×
BFP-IP
○ × - - ×
DP-AFP BFP-OP
COMPOUND-2 OP-DP AFP-IP ×
× ○ - - BFP-OP ×
BFP-IP
○ × - - ×
DP-AFP BFP-OP
UD-Vi OP-DP AFP-SP ×
× ○ - - BFP-OP ×
BFP-SP
○ × - - × SVOP
400 Series DP-AFP BFP-OP OP-DP
× ○ - - AFP-SP -DP
DP-AFP BFP-OP
J Series ○ - × × OP-DP ×
DP-OP ×
J ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR ×
J ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR DP-AFP BFP-OP OILP ON : OP-DP
× - ○ ○ OP-SP
DP-OP × OILP OFF : OP-SP
FM160 Series ○ - × - OP-DP ×
FM160 ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR BFP-OP × OILP ON : OP-DP ×
FM160 ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR × - ○ - BFP-SP
OILP OFF : OP-SP
without OIL PUMP

OIL FEED TYPE
SYSTEM CONFIG.
FULL PRE PARTIAL AUTO dFP dFP2 dOP dP dOP2
LUBE LUBE LUBE LUBE
SINGLE
DP-AFP BFP-OP OP-SP AFP-SP
SINGLE ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR - ◎ - - ×
BFP-OP × DP-OP BFP-SP
SINGLE ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
COMPOUND-1 - - - - - - - - -
COMPOUND-2 - - - - - - - - -
UD-Vi - - - - - - - - -
400 Series - - - - - - - - -
J Series
DP-AFP BFP-OP
J ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR - ◎ - - OP-SP × ×
DP-OP ×
J ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
FM160 Series
FM160 ECONOMIZER w/o SENSOR - ◎ - - BFP-OP × OP-SP × ×
FM160 ECONOMIZER w/ SENSOR
- : disable, x : Not Selected(Not Use), ○ : selected. ◎ : Fixed

- 38 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
SSH Suction SuperHeat
SSH2 Suction SuperHeat 2
SYSTEM CONIFG.
CGP1 -> NO CGP1 -> YES CGP1 -> NO CGP1 -> YES
CGP1 SENSOR
CGT1 -> NO CGT1 -> NO CGT1 -> YES CGT1 -> YES
CGT1 SENSOR
2-MOTORIZED
2-MOTORIZED
2-MOTORIZED
2-MOTORIZED
2-MOTORIZED
2-MOTORIZED
2-MOTORIZED
2-MOTORIZED
Expansion Valve
VALVES
VALVES
VALVES
VALVES
VALVES
VALVES
VALVES
VALVES
Except
Except
Except
Except
Kind
Control
1 : SSH
SSH SSH SSH SSH = CGT1 - t(CGP1)
SSH ONLY --- --- ---
= ST - t(SP) = ST - t(CGP1) = CGT1 - t(SP) = CGT1 - t(CGP1) 2 : SSH2
= CGT2 - t(CGP2)
1 : SSH
--- --- ---
SSH
= CGT2 - t(CGP2)
w/ SP LIMIT
1 : CGP1
SP --- SP --- SP --- SP
2 : CGP2
1 : SSH
SSH --- --- ---
w/ LBT LIMIT = CGT2 - t(CGP2)
LBT --- LBT --- LBT --- LBT LBT
1 : SSH
--- --- ---
SSH = CGT2 - t(CGP2)
w/ SP&LBT LIMIT
1 : CGP1
SP --- SP --- SP --- SP
2 : CGP2
LBT --- LBT --- LBT --- LBT LBT

"t(~)" means "Saturation temperature of ~".
EXPANSION VALVES -> 2-MOTORIZED VALVES can be selected only for CHILLER GAS PRESSURE SENSOR (CGP1) -> YES,
CHILLER GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR (CGT1) -> YES.
When EXPANSION VALVES -> 2-MOTORIZED VALVES is selected, AI-17 CGP1, AI-18 CGT1, AI-23 CGP2, AI-24 CGT2 must be
selected.
The calculation (equation) may change for dOP depending on the operation of the Oil Pump.
dP is not displayed if unused. The alarm/failure functions are also disabled.
dOP2( = SVOP-DP) is only for COMPRESSOR -> 400 Series.
dFFP( = DP-AFFP) is only available for I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE AND AFTER FINE FILTER PRESSURE -> YES.
dFP2( = BFP-OP) is for dFP CALCULATION = "DP-AFP & BFP-OP", and nothing is assigned for AI-13 or AI-14, and AFTER FINE
FILTER PRESS. SENSOR = NO.
o o
When temperature is displayed in C, superheat is displayed in K (Kelvin). (For F, everything is displayed in Fahrenheit)

- 39 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.1.5 Screen transition diagram (Screen Transition)

Main View Gauge Screen
Menu 01 Menu 02
The two menu windows provides the user an intuitive and visual navigation to controller options and setpoints that are available in
the panel. In later chapters this manual goes over some of the most commonly used applications in the panel and its setpoints.
Any ICON that is grayed-out (darker in color) are applications for which its functions and options have not been enabled under
System Details.
ICONs with a lock over it indicates that the particular application is blocked to be view and modified by the current user.
ICON Sample Image Description

Sample ICON image of an ICON locked and only accessible by a level 01 or higher user.
Sample ICON image of an ICON that is grayed out, indicating that the application has not been
enabled under SYSTEM DETAILS of the controller. Certain applications may not be needed for a
particular job.
Sample ICON image of an ICON locked and only accessible by a level 02 or higher user.
Sample ICON image of an ICON which is accessible.

- 40 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.2 Operation of Panel
3.2.1 Password
The MYPRO TOUCH+ controller provides three levels of
password protection. Items that require a login to be
accessed have a lock icon displayed over them as shown on
the picture to the right.
The default users name and passcodes are:

LEVEL 0 NO PASSWORD NEED
LEVEL 1 USER:ABC PASSCODE:1111
LEVEL 2 USER:XYZ PASSCODE:2222
The user ID and the password are composed of alphanumeric characters, it is recommended to use a max of 4 digits for the user
password for easier maintenance.
[Logging in to the MYPRO TOUCH+ HMI]

1. At the top banner (header) touch the area that displays The panel will check for the credentials entered and go back
the user name to bring up the log in window. to the MAIN VIEW screen. The correct user ID should appear
at the top banner.
2. Select the user ID from the User Name dropdown box.
3. Touch the Password entry area to bring up the password

entry keypad. Enter the password and then touch
ENTER.
4. Touch sign in to complete the process.

- 41 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Password category
Administrator Level : Level-2 (Always practice to log off after finishing necessary changes )
Password Config.&Setting Import/Export Analog Output Adjustments

Auto Capture System Configuration Parameter Clear
System Details
User Level : Level-1 (Required LogOff on the Top Screen at the Graphic View for the invalidation.)
Main PID Controllers SETPOINTs( includes Scheduler) Other SETPOINTs

VFD Setup Auto Vi Auto Stage(including Communication)
Capacity Control Exp. Valve Control (SSH) Exp. Valve Control (SP)
Exp. Valve Control (LBT) Economizer/Intercooler SV Liquid Injection Control
Chiller LBT Control Condenser Control High Stage Cap. Control
VFD Compressor (SP DP) VFD Compressor (LBT) Exp. Valve Control (SSH2)
Exp. Valve Control (CGP2) Level Control
[Setting] Slide Valve Setup
A/O Assignment A/I Adjustment Option A/I
Auxiliary Input Timer
[Alarm/Failure] Setting(Limits - Range Over)
No password
Top Screen Graphic View System Details (Monitor)
[Monitor]
Show Program Version DI/O Status AD I /O Assignment
Alarm Log Failure Log Event Log
[Additional Features]
Trend Graph Maintenance Colors
Controls Web Browser PDF Documents/Videos
CAUTION
Manage passwords on the MYPRO TOUCH+ carefully. Assign an administrator who will manage the
passwords & users created and deleted in the panel. Do not attempt to overwrite the admin level passwords.
If administrator passwords are modified then lost, you may lose accessibility to the panel. In such scenario,
the software will need to be flashed, and re-installed. MAYEKAWA assumes no responsibility in the loss
caused by miss-managed passwords credentials.

- 42 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.3 System Configuration (Selecting Options)

All parameters should be cleared and the panel brought back to factory default (perform an 'Initialization of the SETPOINT') prior to
the initial setup of the panel.
(The panel is tested and initialized at factory; however, it is best practice to clear the memory of the CPU prior to servicing the panel
for the first time to avoid any possible issues.)
Note: There is no need to initialize your SETPOINTs after the first start up.
Next step is to set your options through the 'system configuration setting'.
The steps needed to configure your MYPRO TOUCH+ controller to match your compressor setup are:
(1) Initialized Set Value. Parameter Clear
(2) Composition select options of the system and compressor. System Details
(3) Adjust analog outputs if needed. Analog Output Adjustment
(4) Backup your setting sto a USB thumb drive. Config.&Setting Import/Export
(5) Save screen shots of your options selected to a USB thumb drive. Auto Capture
3.3.1 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' Screen

For a brand new MYPRO TOUCH controller the first step to
accomplish is to return all settings to factory default.
To perform this procedure, navigate to the ‘System
Configuration’ screen. Note that once the ‘System
Configuration’ screen is opened all controls are stopped in the
CPU.
This is done for safety of the operator and the equipment.
Also the ‘System Configuration’ icon is not active whenever
the panel detects that the motor is running. (When the MSRB
input is on)
(Configuration ICON)
Procedure
Press the MYPRO TOUCH 'System Configuration' icon, which can be found in the general MENU of the MYPRO TOUCH+
controller. (A level 2 or higher password is needed to access this button.)
NOTE : It is not possible to open the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' when the following is true.
1. Proper password credentials are not inserted.
2. The contact input of DI-12[MSRB] is ON.
3. 'CONTROL' item of 'AUTO STAGE' screen is set to 'ENABLE'.
CAUTION
The setting on' EASY SETUP' and 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screens should be completed properly per compressor
and system components.
If these settings are not completed properly, the compressor will not function correctly. Additionally, the
protective function of the controller will not work.
Make sure that any remote run command are set to 'OFF', to avoid unexpected start-up of the compressor
when “control program stopped state” is canceled (when returning back to top screen from system
configuration mode).
Before starting the compressor, make sure to check that all settings have the appropriate values, especially
after making any option change on 'EASY SETUP' or 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screens.

- 43 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
After touching the configuration ICON on the ICON MENU the following page is displayed.
(2)SYSTEM DETAILS
(3) ANALOG OUTPUT
ADJUSTMENT
(4)CONFIG.&SETTING
IMPORT/EXPORT
(1)PARAMETER CLEAR
(5) AUTO CAPTURE
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
The following operations are available on the' System Configuration' screen.

The name of switch Detail Button action
Returns control
PARAMETER CLEAR SETPOINTs to factory Initializes the control setpoints.
default. (Resets the control setpoints)
Allows user to select Switches to the 'SYSTEM DETAIL' screen.
SYSTEM DETAILS options.
ANALOG OUTPUT Allows user to adjust Switches to the 'ANALOG OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT' screen.
ADJUSTMENT analog outputs.
CONFIG. & SETTING Allows user to import and Switches to the 'CONFIG. & SETTING IMPORT/EXPORT' screen.
IMPORT/EXPORT export settings to USB.
Takes screenshots of
AUTO CAPTURE settings of panel. Settings auto capture button.
WARNING
When initializing the controller the MYPRO TOUCH’ operation will appear to be stuck for a moment. Please
wait and allow the panel to return to its normal operating condition.
Make sure to never initialize the panel while the compressor is running.
Violating this warning can result in equipment damage, and/or injury to the personnel operating the unit. In
some severe cases, it may lead to serious injuries or death.
Initialization of the Setpoints

The following confirmation message is displayed when you
touch the PARAMETER CLEAR button.
” This will clear parameters in the panel, would you like to
continue? “ Select between CANCEL and INITIALIZE.
If you select to INITIALIZE the panel, the MYPRO TOUCH+

brings all setpoints to its default values. This process
happens rather quickly but please allow the panel to finish
its process before continuing its use.
To use the AUTO CAPTURE a USB thumb drive must be inserted to the panel.
This function allows the user to capture all settings and sepoints that were program in the SYSTEM DETAIL section of the
configuration. However due to the large volume of different options the panel can provide, this automatic operation may take
a few minutes. During this time, the panel will display ‘printing’ right next to the camera shutter icon at the top of the screen.
Please do not manipulate the panel during this time. Over manipulating, the panel during this operation may lead to failure
in creating the report or crashing the HMI server.

- 44 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.3.2 'SYSTEM DETAILS' Screen [SYSTEM CONFIGURATION]
On the 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screen, you can set the options of the
package and system.
CAUTION
When the setting is changed for the following items, the

controller may lose setpoints. If this happens change back
the CT value to its desired value and it will restore some of
the lost values.
- I/O PLATFORM
- COMPRESSOR
Items in 'SYSTEM DETAILS' Screen (SYSTEM DETAILS 1/6)

Item Setting Option Description
* ENGLISH ENGLISH
LANGUAGE ESPANOL SPANISH

PORTUGUES PORTUGUESE
FRENCAIS FRENCH
* NORTH AMERICA North American specification
I/O PLATFORM EUROPE European specification
(Input/output
specification) ASIA Asian specification
SOUTH AMERICA South American specification
* SINGLE Single-stage compressor models
ECONOMIZER W/O SENSOR Economizer (without IT and IP sensors)
Economizer (with IT and IP sensors)

ECONOMIZER W/ SENSOR
(IP, IT and ISH are displayed.)
Two-stage compressor (1610 and 1612)
COMPOUND-1 (1610 & 1612)
Two-stage compressor (2016 and higher)
COMPOUND-2 (2016 & HIGHER)
(HSV, IP, IT and ISH are displayed.)
SINGLE UD-V(VARIABLE Vi) Compressors with Auto Vi control
COMPRESSOR 400 series compressors

400 SERIES
(Type) (SVOP and dOP2 are displayed.)
SINGLE J J series compressors
ECONOMIZER W/O SENSOR J series with economizer (without IT and IP sensors)
J series with economizer (with IT and IP sensors)

FM160 FM160 model compressor
ECONOMIZER W/O SENSOR FM160 with economizer (without IT and IP sensors)
FM160 with economizer (with IT and IP sensors)


- 45 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
R22 Chloradifluoromethane (CHCIF2)
R23 Trifluoromethane (CHF3)
R134a 1,1,2,2-Tetrafluoromethane (C2H2F4)
R290(PROPANE) Propane(C3H8)
R404A Blend of R125/R143a/R134a
R407C Blend of R32/R125/R134a
REFRIGERANT R410A Blend of R32/R125
(Type)
R438A Blend of R32/R125/R134a/n-Butane/Isopentane
R502 Blend of R22/R115
R507A R125/R143a
* R717(NH3) Ammonia(NH3)
R744(CO2) Carbon dioxide (CO2)
USER DEFINED Undefined refrigerant (Superheat is not displayed.)
MPascal Abs Absolute pressure in MPa
Mpascal Gauge Gauge pressure in MPa
2
Kgf/cm Abs Absolute pressure in Kgf/cm2
2
Kgf/cm Gauge Gauge pressure in Kgf/cm2
bar Abs Absolute pressure in bar
PRESSURE DISPLAY bar Gauge Gauge pressure in bar

(Units of pressure display) psi Abs Absolute pressure in psi
* psi Gauge Gauge pressure in psi
kPascal Abs Absolute pressure in kPa
kPascal Gauge Gauge pressure in kPa
bar + mbar Abs Absolute pressure in bar + mmbar
bar + mbar Gauge Gauge pressure in bar + mmbar
Absolute temperature
K
(The unit of SuperHeat is K(Kelbin).)
TEMPERATURE DISPLAY o Centigrade temperature
C
(Units of temperature display) (The unit of SuperHeat is K(Kelbin).)
o Fahrenheit temperature
* F
(The unit of SuperHeat is oF (Fahrenheit).)
CT SIZE CT Ratio of Current Converter Input CT Ratio
W/O OIL PUMP Without oil pump
OIL PUMP
(Number of oil * W/ 1-OIL PUMP Oil pump x 1
pumps)
W/ 2-OIL PUMPS Oil pumps x 2
* LEAD DO-02 / LAG DO-21 Output for leading pump: DO-02, lagging pump: DO-21
OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG *4
LEAD DO-21 / LAG DO-02 Output for leading pump: DO-21, lagging pump: DO-02
* FULL LUBE Pump-pressurized oil feed
PRE LUBE Differential-pressure oil feed
OIL FEED TYPE
Pump-pressurized oil feed only at startup
(Title not displayed on screen)
PARTIAL LUBE (Only "COMPRESSOR ->J Series and FM160" can be
selected.)
Auto oil feed on differential oil pressure judgment.
AUTO LUBE
(Only "COMPRESSOR ->J Series" can be selected.)
NOTE: In the table, the setting options marked * are the default settings

- 46 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
'SYSTEM DETAILS' Screen (SYSTEM DETAILS 2/6)

* DP - AFP (It is not possible to select it with FM160 Series. )
dFP CALCULATION
(Fix in FM160. )
(Filter differential pressure calculation BFP - OP
(It is not possible to select it with J Series or 400 Series. )
method)
DP - OP (It is not possible to select it excluding J Series. )
* OP - DP
(COMPRESSOR -> J Series or FM160 Series,

OP - SP
OIL PUMP -> w/o OIL PUMP and PRE LUBE.)
dOP CALCULATION
(Oil differential (Only w/o OIL PUMP (PRE LUBE) can be selected with
pressure calculation method) DP - OP
SINGLE. )
(BFP is allocated in AI-13 or AI-14.)
DP-AFP & BFP-OP (It is not possible to select simultaneously with AFTER
FINE FILTER PRESS. SENSOR = YES.)
* NOT USE
OIL RETURN SV
USE
* YES Oil separator with temperature sensor.
OIL SEPARATOR TEMP. SENSOR
NO Oil separator without temperature sensor.
NOT USE Not Use
DI-15 USE * INTERLOCK-3 Use as INTERLOCK-3
OIL LEVEL SWITCH Use as OIL LEVEL SWITCH
* NO Not Use by priority
DO-18 AUX
YES Use by priority
YES With after-fine-filter pressure sensor
AFTER FINE FILTER PRESS. SENSOR
* NO Without after-fine-filter pressure sensor
* NOT USE NOT USE
BYPASS
HOT GAS BYPASS
(Bypass control)
STARTING BYPASS
* NOT USE NOT USE
SEAL PROTECTION
USE USE

- 47 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
'SYSTEM DETAILS' Screen(SYSTEM DETAILS 3/6)

* LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE Local suction pressure
SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE System suction pressure (SSP is displayed.)
CONTROL TARGET CHILLER ENTERING
(CUT IN/OUT) Chiller entering temperature (EBT is displayed.)
TEMPERATURE
CHILLER LEAVING
Chiller leaving temperature (LTB is displayed)
TEMPERATURE
* LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE Local suction pressure
SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE System suction pressure (SSP is displayed.)
CHILLER LEAVING
Chiller leaving temperature (LTB is displayed)
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL TARGET COMBINED LOCAL SP/LBT (LTB is displayed)
(CAPACITY CONTROL)
COMBINED SYSTEM SP/LBT (SSP and LTB is displayed)
LOCAL DISCHARGE
Local Discharge Pressure
PRESSURE
SYSTEM DISCHARGE
System discharge pressure (SDP is displayed.)
PRESSURE
* NOT USE
VFD COMPRESSOR
USE
VFD COMPRESSOR * NOT USE

OUTPUT LIMIT USE
* NOT USE NOT USE
USE DO-17,18,19,23,24(UD-V) USE ('AUTO Vi' display)(DO-17,18,19,23,24)
AUTO Vi CONTROL
USE DO-26,27,28,29,30(UD-V) USE ('AUTO Vi' display)(DO-26,27,28,29,30)
USE J SERIES USE (J model compressor)
* NOT USE
REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL REMOTE DIGITAL
REMOTE ANALOG
* NOT USE NOT USE
HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL
USE USE (IP,IT,ISH and HSV are displayed)
* DISABLE NOT USE
LIQUID INJECTION NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION None/ Thermostatic expansion valve
OIL COOLING CONTROL YOSAKU 1-VALVE YOSAKU expansion valve x 1
YOSAKU 2-VALVES YOSAKU expansion valve x 2
* DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE
CONTROL TARGET
DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT

- 48 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
CAUTION
Please set a setpoint appropriately on the inverter side at the lowest rotational speed, the maximum speed,
the start frequency, the acceleration time, the deceleration time, and analog input filter time constant, when
the VFD function is used.

ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER * NOT USE NOT USE

EXPANSION VALVE CONTROL USE USE (IP, IT and ISH are displayed.)
Liquid supply control depending on both low-stage capacity
ECONOMIZER * LSV & SP
and suction pressure
/INTERCOOLER
LIQUID SUPPLY CONTROL Liquid supply control depending on both high-stage capacity
HSV & IP
and intermediate pressure
NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION None/ thermostatic expansion valve
EXPANSION VALVES
* YOSAKU YOSAKU expansion valve
(Type)
MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE 4 - 20 mA driven expansion valve
OPERATION MODE Change to LOCAL MODE Change to the LOCAL mode
ON FAILURE
* Keep Current MODE Staying in the current operation control mode
OPERATION MODE Change to LOCAL MODE Change to the LOCAL mode

RESTORE ON POWER UP * Keep Current MODE Staying in the current operation control mode
* AUTO RESET Alarm is automatically reset
ALARM RESET
MANUAL RESET Alarm is reset by CLEAR ALARM switch
NO Alarm is not output
ALARM OUTPUT
* YES Alarm is output.
* NORMAL OPEN Normally “open”; “closed” on alarm
ALARM/FAILURE OUTPUT TYPE
NORMAL CLOSE Normally “closed”; “open” on alarm
* NOT USE
AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM
USE
LIQUID INJECTION OIL COOLING CONTROL cannot be selected for "I/O PLATFORM -> North America, Asia, South America"
and "COMPRESSOR -> COMPOUND-2".

- 49 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN

* NOT USE
AUTO STAGE
2UNITS - 8UNITS
* NOT USE NOT USE
LEVEL CONTROL REVERSE Output of the PID controller (Reverse-Action)
DIRECT Output of the PID controller (Direct-Action)
* NOT USE Not Use
1SV W/O LEVEL SWITCH 1-SolenoidValve without Level Switch
1SV W/ LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF) 1-SolenoidValve with Level Switch(Filled OFF)
1SV W/ LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON) 1-SolenoidValve with Level Switch(Filled ON)
1-SolenoidValve
1SV W/ FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF)
with Float Level Switch(Filled OFF)
1-SolenoidValve
1SV W/ FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON)
with Float Level Switch(Filled ON)
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN 1-MotorizedValve 2-SolenoidValve
1MV 2SV W/O LEVEL SWITCH
without Level Switch
1-MotorizedValve 2-SolenoidValve
1MV 2SV W/ LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF)
with Level Switch(Filled OFF)
1MV 2SV W/ LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON)
with Level Switch(Filled ON)
1MV 2SV W/ FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED OFF)
with Float Level Switch(Filled OFF)
1MV 2SV W/ FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH(FILLED ON)
with Float Level Switch(Filled ON)
* DISABLE NOT USE
VFD ONLY Controls the condenser fans by the revolution only
Controls the condenser fans by the revolution and
VFD + 2 STEPS
two steps
CONDENSER CONTROL VFD + 3 STEPS
three steps
VFD + 5 STEPS
five steps
CONDENSER 3 STEPS CONTROL Controls the condenser fans by the three steps
CONDENSER 6 STEPS CONTROL Controls the condenser fans by the six steps
CONDENSER * LOCAL DISCHARGE PRESSURE
CONTROL TARGET SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE System discharge pressure (SDP is displayed.)
CONDENSER * ON/OFF SINGLE SET Single target ON/OFF control
CONTROL METHOD ON/OFF MULTI SET Multiple target ON/OFF control

- 50 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN

* NOT USE NOT USE
CHILLER CONTROL
USE USE
* 1 1 valve
LIQUID SUPPLY SV
(Number of 2 2 valves
Oil feed solenoid valve)
3 3 valves
NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION None/Thermostatic expansion valve
YOSAKU 1-VALVE
EXPANSION VALVES YOSAKU 2-VALVES

(Type) YOSAKU 3-VALVES
* MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE 4 - 20 mA driven expansion valve x 1
2-MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVES 4 - 20 mA driven expansion valve x 2
* SSH ONLY Control by the superheat only
Control by the superheat with suction pressure
EXPANSION VALVE SSH W/ SP LIMIT
limit
CONTROL
(Control method of Control by the superheat with chiller leaving
SSH W/ LBT LIMIT
chiller expansion valve) temperature control.
Control by the superheat with suction pressure
SSH W/ SP & LBT LIMIT
limit and chiller leaving temperature control.
CHILLER GAS * NO None
PRESSURE
SENSOR YES (CGP1 is displayed.)
CHILLER GAS * NO None
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR YES (CGT1 is displayed.)
CHILLER ENTERING TEMP. * NO None

SENSOR YES (EBT is displayed.)
CHILLER LEAVING TEMP. * NO None

SENSOR YES (LBT is displayed.)
CHILLER LEAVING TEMP. * NOT USE

CONTROL USE
* NOT USE
CHILLER LEAVING TEMP/
AUTO START/STOP
FLOW CONTROL
CONTINUOUS

- 51 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
'Items in 'SYSTEM DETAILS' Screen (SYSTEM DETAILS 6/6)

* DISABLED START BUTTON NOT AVAILABLE IN WEBSITE
START/STOP BUTTON ACCESS
ENABLED
BASIC / ADVANCED REMOTE * BASIC BASIC ACCESS
ACCESS ADVANCE ADVANCE ACCESS

- 52 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.3.3 'ANALOG OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT' Screen

This screen allows you to adjust the offset value for the analog
outputs.
The offset values have been set to a default value of "0.0%"

before leaving the factory.
All adjustments are retained in the non-volatile memory on the
Central Processing Unit board. Use this screen if fine
adjustment to the preset values is required on your site.
Item Headings in 'ANALOG OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT' Screen

Item Heading Description
OUT Displays the current output (in %) with offset value incorporated.
The actual output values are created by adding the calculated analog output values to the
OFFSET
offset values.( Any values up to ±10.0 can be set for 'LOW' and 'HIGH' offset values.)
If the output values are too small over the entire range, enter positive numbers for both the 'LOW' and 'HIGH' offset values. Enter
negative numbers in the opposite case.
Only for the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen, it becomes possible to enter a value in the 'OUT' brackets (indicating the current
output percentage) to make the value be output as an actual output.

- 53 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.3.4 'CONFIG. & SETTING IMPORT/EXPORT' Screen

From the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION main screen, touch the
CONFIG & SETTINGS IMPORT/EXPORT. This will bring up
the window shown to the right.
From this window you can, backup settings and setpoints,
restore settings and setpoints, also email backup data to a
specific email address (*internet connection required).
To perform a settings and setpoint back up follow these

simple three steps.
1) From Option / Setpoint Group, choose the group that
you wish to back up.
2) Touch UPLOAD to create a backup package in the
HMI
3) Insert USB Thumb drive to HMI and touch BACKUP
MEMORY TO USB
To restore data from a USB thumb drive to the HMI follow these simple
three steps procedure.
1) Inset USB thumbdrive with backup settings RecipeData.csv

file saved in it.
2) Touch RESTORE MEMORY FROM USB.
3) From the DOWNLOAD | RESTORED DATA TO PANEL
select what you would like to restore.
CAUTION
Please do not pull out the USB flash memory while performing an upload or a download.
It is recommended to keep a designated USB thumb drive to perform the data backup and restore. If you use the
USB thumb drive for other purposes, please be reminded that the RecipeData.csv could get corrupted, erased, or
modified by mistake.
It is recommended to save the CSV file in a computer.

Even if this file is backed up if the computer system is corrupted with a virus or other software failure it could
potentially damage the CSV file as a collateral damage.
Although highly unlikely if any of the scenarios above result in the damage of the CSV file. MAYEKAWA holds no
responsibility in the data lost. It is also recommended to keep screen shots of the settings along with the backup
data in case these have to be entered manually in the future.

- 54 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.3.4.1 Sending Panel’s Settings via Email
CAUTION
This operations requires for the panel to go into ‘SPECIAL BOOT’ mode. In other words, go to the SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION menu. During this time all controls functions of the CPU are stopped for safety. For this
reason this feature is only accessible when the compressor is STOPPED.
To send the settings via email the first step to accomplish is to

finish all proper settings setup of your panel. Then logon as a
LEVEL2 user and go to the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION page.
From there select the CONFIG & SETTINGS IMPORT /
EXPORT feature. The window to the right will appear.
To cover a more detail step by step instructions on how to save

your back up data from the MYPRO TOUCH CPU to the HMI
backup memory please read the SETTINGS IMPORT AND
EXPORT section above.
After Uploading the data to the panel the EMAIL MEMORY

BACKUP button becomes active. Touch this button to display the
screen shown below. Then touch the CREATE EMAIL PACKAGE
button, type in the email address, where you would like to receive
the panel backup data that was just saved. Then touch the SEND
EMAIL button.
This will automatically email the panel configuration in a CSV
format which can later be downloaded back to the panel.
3.4 Settings and Adjustments
In this section, we will cover many of the settings and pages that relates to the adjustment and setup of the panel. Below is a small
list of items covered in this chapter.
(1) 'SET TIME' It allows to set the MYPRO TOUCH system time.
(2) 'PASSWORD' It allows to change the password file.
(3) ‘ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT Allows user to assign analog outputs.
(4) ‘AUXILIARY INPUT TIMER’ Allows user to set a timer for the auxiliary input (interlock) failure.
(5) ‘OPTIONAL ANALOG INPUT’ Allows settings for optional analog input.
(6) ‘SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION’ Allows user to perform the slide valve calibration of the compressor.
(7) ‘ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT’ Allows user to adjust analog inputs.

- 55 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
(8) ‘DI/O STATUS’ Allows you to check the status of the DIO card and perform output test.
3.4.1 'SET TIME' Screen

Touch the day and time section located at the top right corner of the
screen. This will bring up the SET TIME & DATE window shown to the
right.
Use the up and down arrows to adjust your time then touch SET to
complete the process.
Items in 'SET TIME' Screen
Title Item Description
Enter the number for current month.
MONTH
(“1” for January, “2” for February, and so on)
SET DAY Enter the current date.
TIME YEAR Enter the current year.
HOUR Enter the current hour.
MINUTE Enter the current minute.
CAUTION
MYPRO TOUCH system time may cause the clock error ' ±65 seconds/month ' on the condition that no power
distribution.
While in use, the clock error ' - 380~ +90 seconds/month ' may be caused by the temperature or the usage
period.
Especially if you use the function of schedule operation or data collection, check the difference with the
standard time (the interaction with the touch panel and MYPRO TOUCH CPU) with care, and make a regular
setting of the exact time.
3.4.2 'PASSWORD' Screen

For instructions on how to log in and log out of the panel please visit the
password section under chapter 3.3 in Operations of the HMI.
In this section, we will cover how to manage and create/delete users in

the MYPRO TOUCH+ panel. Before moving forward ensure that, you
read carefully the CAUTION section. If a password is over written then
lost, the user may lose all access to important operations of the panel.
CAUTION

- 56 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
DO NOT MODIFY OR DELETE ADMINISTRATOR LEVEL PASSWORDS.

ALWAYS KEEP PASSWORD AND USER IDs SAVED AND MANAGED BY THE PLANT SUPERVISOR.
MAYEKAWA USA ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR DOWNTIME RESULTING FROM A MISS MANAGED
PASSWORD AND USER CREDENTIALS.
2. Creating new users
Log in to the panel with a level 2 or higher credentials. The

ACTIONS sections in the TERMINAL MANAGEMENT screen
becomes available. From the list, please select ADD USERS. The
screen to the right will appear.
Create a username and password then select a group where you

wish the username to be saved under. LEVEL 1 or LEVEL 2 are the
only group names that are available for a user name to be created
under.
3. Edit existing users
Log in to the panel with a level two or higher credentials. The

becomes available. From the list, please select EDIT USERS.
Make necessary adjustments to existing users. Then touch APPLY

when done.
4. Delete users
Log in to the panel with a level two or higher credentials. The

becomes available. From the list, please select DELETE USERS.
Select the user that you would like to delete then touch Delete,

- 57 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.4.3 'ADJUSTMENT and TUNING'
3.4.3.1 'AIO STATUS & ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT' Screen
The AIO STATUS screen allows the user to monitor and confirm the
assignment of analog inputs and outputs. The analog input list (shown
at the top half of the screen) also provides the raw sensor data value,
which can be used as a great troubleshooting tool.
Assignment List Display area
By touching over any of the ANALOG OUTPUT titles, the user can
display the ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT window. (Shown to the
right)
In this window, if you are familiar with the predecessor MYPRO
TOUCH panel, you can input the code corresponding to the desired
assignment. (Pointed with the finger on the image).
This list is also available in the following pages.
If you are not familiar with the MYPRO TOUCH code system. The
ANALOG OUTPUTS can be easily selected from the COMBO BOX list
by touching the pull down arrow and selecting the desired OUTPUT
from the list.
NOTE:
In the following table, the assignments for the items in parentheses ( ) are valid if the associated optional inputs are available.
'ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT' codes

Heading title Item Description
DIRECTION DIRECT Controller outputs 0 to 100% in a 4 to 20 mA DC signal.

(Polarity) REVERSE Controller outputs 0 to 100%i in a 4 to 20 mA DC signal.
000 : AI-01 SUCTION PRESSURE Outputs process value of suction pressure at AI-01
ASSIGNMENT 001 : AI-02 DISCHARGE PRESSURE Outputs process value of discharge pressure at AI-02
Process Value 002 : AI-03 OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE Outputs process value of oil supply pressure at AI-03
of Analog inputs 003 : AI-04 ( AFTER FILTER PRESSURE ) Outputs process value of after-filter-pressure
( BEFORE FILTER PRESSURE ) or PV of before filter pressure at AI-04

- 58 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
004 : AI-05 SUCTION TEMPERATURE Outputs process value of suction temperature at AI-05
005 : AI-06 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE Outputs process value of discharge temperature at AI-06
006 : AI-07 OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE Outputs process value of oil supply temperature at AI-07
007 : AI-08 ( OIL SEPARATOR TEMPERATURE ) Outputs process value of oil separator temperature
( AFTER FINE FILTER PRESSURE ) or PV of after-fine-filter pressure at AI-08
008 : AI-09 ( INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE ) Outputs process value of intermediate pressure
( OPTION */4 ) or PV of optional analog input at AI-09.
009 : AI-10 ( INTERMEDIATE TEMPERATURE ) Outputs process value of intermediate temperature
010 : AI-11 ( SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE ) Outputs process value of system discharge pressure
( CHILLER LEVEL ) or PV of chiller level
011 : AI-12 COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT Outputs process value of compressor motor current at AI-12.
012 : AI-13 ( CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE ) Outputs process value of chiller entering temperature
( BEFORE FILTER PRESSURE ) or PV of before filter pressure
013 : AI-14 ( CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE ) Outputs process value chiller leaving temperature
( BEFORE FILTER PRESSURE ) or PV of before filter pressure
014 : AI-15 (LOW STAGE) SLIDE VALVE POSITION Outputs process value of low-stage capacity at AI-15
015 : AI-16 ((HIGH STAGE)SLIDE VALVE POSITION) Outputs Process value of high-stage slide valve position,
( SLIDE VALVE OIL PRESSURE ) or PV of slide valve oil feed pressure,
( Vi PORT SLIDE VALVE POSITION ) or PV of Vi port slide valve position,
( SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE ) or PV of system suction pressure,
016 : AI-17 ( CHILLER LEAVING GAS PRESS. ) Outputs PV of evaporator gas outlet pressure at AI-17
017 : AI-18 ( CHILLER LEAVING GAS TEMP. ) Outputs PV of evaporator gas outlet temperature at AI-18
018 : AI-19 ( SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE ) Outputs PV of system suction pressure at AI-19
019 : AI-20 ( REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL TARGET ) Outputs PV of remote capacity control target at AI-20
020 : AI-21 ( OPTION */4 ) Outputs PV of optional analog input at AI-21
024 : AI-23 ( CHILLER LEAVING GAS PRESS.2 ) Outputs PV of evaporator gas outlet pressure 2 at AI-23
025 : AI-24 ( CHILLER LEAVING GAS TEMP.2 ) Outputs PV of evaporator gas outlet temperature 2 at AI-24
026 to 063 : AI-25 to AI-64 INVALID No assignments for outputs at AI-25 to AI-64
064 : AI-65 OIL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Outputs calculated oil differential pressure at AI-65.
065 : AI-66 FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Outputs calculated filter differential pressure (DP-AFP) at AI-66.
066 : AI-67 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Outputs calculated differential pressure at AI-67.
Outputs calculated suction superheat (ST-SP saturation temperature
067 : AI-68 SUCTION SUPERHEAT
or GT1-SP1 saturation temperature) at AI-68.
Outputs calculated intermediate superheat (IT-IP saturation
068 : AI-69 ( INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT )
temperature) at AI-69.
Outputs calculated discharge superheat (DT-DP saturation
ASSIGNMENT 069 : AI-70 DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT temperature) at AI-70.
Outputs discharge pressure divided by calculated suction pressure
070 : AI-71 ( DIS./SUC. PRESSURE RATIO ) value at AI-71. (in case of J Economizer W/ Sensor , Discharge
Pressure / Intermediate pressure )
Virtual analog
inputs 071 : AI-72 ( CALCULATED Vi ) Outputs calculated Vi value at AI-72.
(Arithmetic 072 : AI-73 ( Vi POSITION ) Outputs Vi position at AI-73
value)
073 : AI-74 ( COMPRESSOR CAPACITY ) Outputs compressor capacity at AI-74
Outputs percent of slide valve position at AI-75
074 : AI-75 ( SLIDE VALVE PERCENT ) * When REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL is selected, it is an
automatic allocating.
075 : AI-76 ( AUTO STAGE TARGET PRESSURE ) Outputs suction pressure for automatic staging control at AI-76.
Outputs calculated oil differential pressure 2 (“slide valve oil supply
076 : AI-77 ( OIL DEFFERENTIAL PRESSURE2 )
pressure (SVOP)” – “discharge pressure (DP)”) at AI-77.
Outputs calculated suction superheat2 (“CGT2” – “CGP2 saturation
077 : AI-78 ( SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 )
temperature”) at AI-78.

- 59 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
078 : AI-79 (FINE FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESS. Outputs calculated "Fine Filter Differential Pressure (DP-AFFP)"
or FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESS. 2 ) or "Filter Differential Pressure 2 (BFP-OP)" at AI-79.
079 : AI-80 ( AUTO STAGE TARGET TEMP. ) Outputs target temperature for automatic staging control at AI-80.
081 : PID 01/16 SV PID 01/16 CAPACITY CONTROL PID OUT

Outputs set value or manipulating value for low-stage capacity
083 : PID 01/16 MV control based on pressure control.
097 : PID 02/16 SV PID 02/16 ( CAPACITY-CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or manipulating value for low-stage capacity
099 : PID 02/16 MV control based on process outlet temperature control.
PID 03/16 ( SUCTION SUPERHEAT CONTROL PID OUT )
113 : PID 03/16 SV Outputs set value or manipulating value of evaporator expansion
valve for suction superheat control.
* When CHILLER CONTROL -> EXPANSION VALVE ->
115 : PID 03/16 MV MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE is selected, MV is an automatic
allocating.
PID 06/16 ( INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT CONTROL PID OUT )
161 : PID 06/16 SV Outputs set value or actual manipulating value of
Economizer/Intercooler YOSAKU expansion valve for
intermediate superheat control.
163 : PID 06/16 MV * When LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL -> MOTORIZED
CONTROL VALVE is selected, MV is an automatic allocating.
PID 07/16 ( LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL PID OUT )
177 : PID 07/16 SV Outputs set value or actual manipulating value of liquid injection
YOSAKU expansion valve for discharge temperature or discharge
superheat control.
179 : PID 07/16 MV * When LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL -> MOTORIZED
CONTROL VALVE is selected, MV is an automatic allocating.
ASSIGNMENT PID 08/16 ( CHILLER LBT CONTROL PID OUT )
193 : PID 08/16 SV Outputs set value or manipulating value for process flow rate
control based on process outlet temperature control.
Controller Set * When CHILLER CONTROL -> LBT CONTROL is selected, MV
Value 195 : PID 08/16 MV
is an automatic allocating.
(SV)
PID 09/16 ( DISCARGE PRESSURE CONTROL PID OUT )
or 209 : PID 09/16 SV Outputs set value or manipulating value for condenser fan speed
Controller
control based on discharge pressure control.
Manipulating
* When CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD is selected, MV is an
Value 211 : PID 09/16 MV
automatic allocating.
(MV)
225 : PID 10/16 SV PID 10/16 ( HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or actual manipulating value for high-stage
227 : PID 10/16 MV capacity control based on intermediate pressure control.
PID 11/16 ( VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL PID OUT )
241 : PID 11/16 SV
Outputs set value actual manipulating value for VFD control based
on pressure control.
243 : PID 11/16 MV * When VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL -> USE is selected, MV
is an automatic allocating.
257 : PID 12/16 SV PID 12/16 ( VFD-COMPRESSOR CONTROL PID OUT )
Outputs set value or manipulating value for VFD control based on
259 : PID 12/16 MV process outlet temperature control.
PID 13/16
273 : PID 13/16 SV
Outputs actual manipulating value of evaporator expansion valve
for suction superheat 2 control.
275 : PID 13/16 MV * When CHILLER CONTROL -> 2-MOTORIZED CONTROL
VALVES is selected, MV is an automatic allocating.
PID 15/16 ( LEVEL CONTROL PID OUT )
305 : PID 15/16 SV
Outputs set value or manipulating value of flow rate regulator
valve for chiller liquid level control.
307 : PID 15/16 MV * When LEVEL CONTROL -> USE is selected, MV is an automatic
allocating.
321 : PID 16/16 SV PID 16/16
323 : PID 16/16 MV No assignments
336 : NOT USE NOT USE

337 : REPLACEMENT A/O01
ASSIGNMENT If the analog output item having been assigned to A/O## is to be
338 : REPLACEMENT A/O02 reassigned to another channel, selecting 'A/O## REPLACEMENT'
339 : REPLACEMNET A/O03 during the setting for the new channel automatically reassigns the
item to the new channel.
340 : REPLACEMENT A/O04

- 60 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.4.3.2 'AUXILIARY INPUT TIMER' Screen
To access the AULIARY INPUT TIMER, open the SECOND MENU

then touch the TIMERS ICON. The window to the right appears,
NOTE:
In the following table, 'INTERLOCK-3' is valid only
when the associated optional function is provided.
Item in' AUXILIARY INPUT TIMER' Screen

Screen title item Description
When the compressor starts,

COMP. MSRB(Starting) If DI-12 MSRB does not receive a signal back within the specified timed in
this setpoint the panel generates a, "START FAILURE”.
While running the compressor ,

COMP. MSRB(Running) If DI-12 MSRB is turned off longer than the time specified in this setpoint,
It generates a "START FAILURE”.
When the compressor stops,
COMP. MSRB(Stopping) If DI-12 MSRB remains ON longer than the time specified in this setpoint
the panel generates a "START FAILURE”.
While running the compressor (with the DI-12 MSRB turned on),
INTERLOCK-1
If DI-13 INT1 is turned off longer than the time specified in this field an
(External input 1)
"INTERLOCK-1" FAILURE is generated.
After the water cooling pump’s initial drive time expires (same timer as the
INTERLOCK-2 Oil Pump Start Delay), (Or, while the compressor is already running),
AUXILIARY INPUT (External input 2) If DI-14 INT2 is turned off longer than the time specified in this setpoin
TIMER an "INTERLOCK-2" FAILURE is generated.
DI-14 functions as 100% LOCK when "EUROPE" is selected under the
100% LOCK "I/O PLATFORM".
(100% Running Input) When the signal at DI-14 is on under this setup the compressor runs at
capacity 100%(MVH).
When chiller pump is not used : (the chiller liquid level switch.)
After the water cooling pump’s initial drive time expires (same timer as
the Oil Pump Start Delay) ,(Or, while running the compressor),
When DI-15 INT3 is turned off longer than the time specified in this setpoin
( INTERLOCK-3 ) an "INTERLOCK-3" FAILURE is generated.
(External input 3)
When chiller pump is used : (chiller water supply warning.)
After DI-19 CHLP is turned on,
If DI-15 INT3 is turned off longer than the time specified in this setpoint
"INTERLOCK-3" failure is generated
If the DI-15 signal remains off for 30 seconds or longer while, the
OIL LEVEL SWITCH
compressor is running. An “OIL LEVEL LOW” failure is generated.

- 61 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.4.3.3 'OPTION ANALOG INPUT' Screen
The optional analog input window can be accessed from the

second menu by touching the OPTIONAL AI icon. The
window shown to the right will appear.
Using the dropdown combo boxes select the
channel where the optional (additional) analog
input will be wired to, and the desired units of
measurement. The panel also allows the user
to select alarm and failure types for the optional
AI.
As a default the optional sensors will be displayed as OPT1 ~

OPT2. However, this can be customized by the user.
1. After displaying the OPT sensor under OPERATING

VALUES in the top screen, Touch and hold the reading of
the sensor (displayed in RED).
2. In the window shown to the right, touch the CHANGE TO
field and
type in the desired ID (Up to 4 alphanumeric characters).
3. Touch the CHANGE button, then CLOSE the window.
You can only assign a channel numbers of vacant channels for 'CHANNEL'1/4 to 4/4 in the OPTIONAL ANALOG INPUT window.
(Default values are “xxxx”, indicating “no assignment”.)
The following units can be assigned to the optional analog inputs.
Item Unit Description
* NO UNIT No unit
TEMPERATURE Temperature sensor
PRESSURE Pressure sensor
CURRENT Current sensor
SENSOR RATE Percentage
VIBRATION Vibrometer sensor
REVOLUTION Revolutions sensor
FREQUENCY Frequency
ACCELERATION Acceleration sensor
* NOT USE No ALARM and FAILURE are assigned
LOW Low ALARM or Low FAILURE is assigned
ALARM and FAILURE
HIGH High ALARM or High FAILURE is assigned
HIGH & LOW Low and High ALARM, or Low and High FAILURE are assigned
NOTE:
Following types of ALARM (minor warning) or FAILURE (serious warning) are selectable for the assigned optional analog input
item. For details, see Section 3.5.5 'LIMITS (ALARM/FAILURE 7/10 to 8/10)'Screen
NOTE: In the table, the setting options marked with an * are the default settings

- 62 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.4.3.4 'SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION' Screen

To perform a slide valve calibration, select the slide valve calibration icon from the second menu.
Enabling and disabling the slide valve calibration mode is perform via a slider switch.
This switch automatically sets the following conditions in the panel:
OPERATION MODE: LOCAL
AUTO START/STOP: NO
DIO TEST OPERATION: YES
Consequently sliding the switch back to the DISABLE position automatically sets the following conditions in the panel:
OPERATION MODE: LOCAL
AUTO START/STOP: NO
DIO TEST OPERATION: YES
NOTE: For all compressor types, while the calibrator is running the analog values are often displayed on the screen. These values
correspond to the 0 ~ 100% of the potentiometer in a 0 ~ 4095 analog value form. 0% being equivalent to 0 and 100% being
equivalent to 4095.
WARNING
Setup operation in the 'SLIDE VALVE SETUP' screen involves actual operation of the oil pump. Confirm the safety in
the compressor unit area before pressing the switches.
NOTE: Touching the icon at any time can cancel the setup procedure halfway.
After an automatic correction is completed, it is possible to fine-tune the slide valve calibration manually in the 'ANALOG INPUT
ADJUSTMENT' screen.

- 63 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Calibration Procedure
The procedure (or steps) in this screen is different depending on the compressor type.
a. Single-stage compressors
(Single-stage compressors are compressor that do not have an automatic Vi adjustment function, as in the J-Series compressors. This
calibration procedure also excludes the compound series compressors .)
1. Touch START CALIBRATOR then touch START when DO-04(Y03) : Low-stage capacity unloader
the window below appears. solenoid valve output turns OFF
When the actual capacity of the compressor has
reached 100%, (The point of time that 'SLIDE VALVE
Location' value does not rise anymore.), touch NEXT
to set 'SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM' value.
NOTE: The calibrator does not advance to the next

(Display shows the current settings for the slide valve) step unless the 'SLIDE VALVE Location'
value at this time is larger than the value at
the time of the 'SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM'
2. The panel will keep the following conditions to attempt value in the previous step.
to unload the slide valve fully.
DO-02(Y01) : Oil pump output turns ON
DO-03(Y02) : Low-stage capacity loader
solenoid valve output turns OFF
DO-04(Y03) : Low-stage capacity unloader
solenoid valve output turns ON
reached 0% physically, (The analog value may read (Screen for setting 'SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM' value)
between 70~110 on the screen), touch NEXT button,
this saves that analog values as the 'SLIDE VALUE
MINIMUM' value. 4. The panel will then keep the following conditions to
The 'SLIDE VALVE Location' value changes from 0 to fully unload the compressor.
4095 as the input changes from 0 % to 100 %. DO-02(Y01) : Oil pump output turns ON
DO-04(Y03) : Low-stage capacity unloader
solenoid valve output turns OFF
reached 5% or less, all of the out puts automatically
(Screen for setting 'SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM' value) turn off.
3. The panel will keep the following conditions to attempt

to load the slide valve fully,
DO-02(Y01) : Oil pump output turns ON

- 64 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN

- 65 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
b. Two-stage compressors
(when 'COMPOUND-2 (2016 & HIGHER)' has been selected for the 'COMPRESSOR' item in the 'SYSTEM SETUP' screen)
1. Touch START CALIBRATOR then touch START when DO-06(Y05) : [HIUL] output turns ON
the window below appears. When the actual high stage capacity of the compressor has
reached 0.0%, (The point where the high stage 'SLIDE
VALVE Location' value does not come down anymore.),
touch NEXT to set the high stage 'SLIDE VALUE
MINIMUM' value.
(Display showing the current settings for slide valve)
2. The panel keeps the following condition to fully unload the

low stage slide valve first.
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON (Screen for setting high stage 'SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM' value)
DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns OFF
DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns ON 5. The panel keeps the following condition to fully load the
When the actual low stage capacity of the compressor has high stage slide valve.
reached 0.0%, (The point where the 'SLIDE VALVE DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON
Location' value does no unload anymore.), touch NEXT to DO-05(Y04) : [HILD] output turns ON
set 'SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM' value. DO-06(Y05) : [HIUL] output turns OFF
When the actual high stage capacity of the compressor
has reached 100.0%, (The point where the high stage
'SLIDE VALVE Location' value does not rise anymore.),
touch NEXT to set the high stage 'SLIDE VALUE
MINIMUM' value.
(Screen for setting low stage 'SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM' value) NOTE : The calibrator does not advance to the next step
unless the 'SLIDE VALVE Location' value at this time is
3. The panel keeps the following condition while loading the larger than the value at the time of the high stage 'SLIDE
low stage slide valve. VALVE MINIMUM' value in the previous step..
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON
DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns ON
DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns OFF
When the actual low stage slide vavle of the compressor
has reached 100.0%, touch NEXT to set the low stage
'SLIDE VALUE MAXIMUM' value. (Screen for setting high stage 'SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM' value)
NOTE : The calibrator does not advance to the next step
unless the 'SLIDE VALVE Location' value is greater than 6. The panel keeps the conditions below to fully unload bot
the 'SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM' value in the previous step. the high and low stage slide valves.
DO-06(Y05) : [HIUL] output turns ON
When the low and high stage actual capacity of the
compressor has reached 5% or less, all of the out puts
(Screen for setting low stage 'SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM' value) automatically turn off.
4. The panel keeps the following conditions to unload the

high stage slide valve.
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output urns ON
DO-05(Y04) : [HILD] output turns OFF

- 66 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN

- 67 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
c. Compressors with an automatic Vi adjustment function
(When 'SINGLE UD-V (Variable Vi)' has been selected for the 'COMPRESSOR' item in the 'SYSTEM SETUP' screen)
1. Touch NEXT switch to activate' SLIDE VALVE value does not rise anymore.), touch NEXT to set
CALIBRATION' function. 'SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM at H Port'
NOTE : The process does not advance to the next step
unless the 'SLIDE VALVE Location' value at this step
is larger than the 'SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM(0%)'
value in the previous step.
2. At the end of a fixed 5-second delay to confirm the oil

supply differential pressure rise, The panel keeps the
below status to bring the Vi slide valve position to the H
port.
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON (Screen for setting 'SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM at H PORT')
DO-18(Y11) : [MPUL] output turns ON
DO-23(Y16) : [LHLD] output turns ON 5. The panel keeps the below status to adjust the slide valve
DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns ON position to M port.
Wait for 60 seconds. DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns OFF
(The Vi port is set to H port in this period). DO-17(Y10) : [MPLD] output turns ON
DO-24(Y17) : [LHUL] output turns ON
Wait for 60 seconds
(the Vi port is brought into the M port during this period).
3. The panel keeps the status below to completely unload

the slide valve position (0%) at H port.
DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns ON
DO-18(Y11) : [MPUL] output turns OFF
DO-23(Y16) : [LHLD] output turns OFF (Adjustment is in progress to bring Vi port into M port)
When the capacity and the slide valve position have
reached 0.0%, (The point where the 'SLIDE VALVE 6. The panel keeps the status below to move the capacity
Location' value does not come down anymore.), touch slide valve to the 100% position at M port.
NEXT to set 'SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM' value. DO-17(Y10) : [MPLD] output turns OFF
DO-24(Y17) : [LHUL] output turns OFF
When the slide valve position has reached 100.0%,
(The point where the 'SLIDE VALVE Location' value
does not rise anymore.), touch NEXT to set the
(Screen for setting 'SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM (0 %)') 'SLIDE VALUE MINIMUM at M Port'.
4. The panel keeps below status to move the capacity slide NOTE: The process does not advance to the next step
valve position to the 100% position. unless the 'SLIDE VALVE Location' value at this time is
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON larger than the value at the previous step (H port
DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns ON value).
When the capacity slide valve position has reached

100.0%, (The point where the 'SLIDE VALVE Location'

- 68 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
(Screen for setting 'SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM at M PORT') 9. The panel keeps the status below to return the slide
7. The panel keeps the status below to adjust the slide valve position to a fully unloaded position.
valve position to L port. DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON
DO-03(Y02) : [UNLD] output turns OFF DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns OFF
DO-18(Y11) : [MPUL] output turns ON DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns ON
DO-24(Y17) : [LHUL] output turns ON When the actual capacity of the compressor has
Wait for 60 seconds (the Vi port is set to the L port reached 5.0% or less, the out puts of the DO-04(Y03)
during this period). and the DO-02(Y01) automatically turn off.
(Adjustment is in progress to bring Vi port into L port) NOTE:

Depending on the setting made in the 'SYSTEM
8. The panel keeps status below to move the capacity CONFIGURATION' ('SYSTEM DETAILS' screen), the
slide valve to the 100% position at L port. assignments for digital outputs may change to the following:
DO-18(Y11) : [MPUL] output turns OFF [MPLD] output DO-26(Y19)
DO-24(Y17) : [LHUL] output turns OFF [MPUL] output DO-27(Y1A)
DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns ON Vi slide “bypass” solenoid valve output DO-28(Y1B)
When the capacity and slide valve positions have [LHLD] output DO-29(Y1C)
reached 100.0%, (The point where the 'SLIDE VALVE [LHUL] output DO-30(Y1D)
Location' value does not rise anymore.), touch NEXT
to set 'SLIDE VALUE MAXIMUM (100%)'.
NOTE : The process does not advance to the next step

unless the 'SLIDE VALVE Location' value at
this time is greater than the value at the M port
value in the step before.
(Screen for setting 'SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM 100 %' value)
Reference
In UD-V, there is no Vi positional sensor.
Therefore, the Vi position is decided by the "Opened and Closed time of Vi slide Solenoid Valve".
The program takes the assumption that it takes 60 seconds or less to set each port. To ensure proper movement of the Vi block
perform appropriate oil pressure adjustments for each Vi block solenoid valve.

- 69 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
d. J Series compressors
(When 'SINGLE J', 'SINGLE J ECONOMIZER W/O SENSOR', or 'SINGLE J ECONOMIZER W/ SENSOR' has been selected for
'COMPRESSOR' in the 'SYSTEM SETUP' screen)
1. Touch START to activate the 'SLIDE VALVE 4. The panel keeps the status below to move the capacity
CALIBRATION'. slide valve to the 100% position at H port.
DO-08(Y07) : [L->H] output turns ON
DO-09(Y08) : [H->L] output turns OFF
(Display showing the current settings for unloader slide valve) 100%, (The point where the 'SLIDE VALVE Location'
value does not increase anymore.), touch NEXT to
2. The panel keeps the status below for 60 seconds to set 'SLIDE VALUE MAXIMUM' at H port.
adjust the position of the Vi block to H port.
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON NOTE : The process does not advance to the next step
DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns OFF unless the 'SLIDE VALVE Location' value at this step
DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns ON is larger the 'SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM( 0%)' value in
DO-08(Y07) : [L->H] output turns ON the step before.
DO-09(Y08) : [H->L] output turns OFF
Wait 60 seconds until the display changes.
(Screen for setting 'SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM at H PORT')
(Adjustment is in progress to bring Vi port into H port) 5. The panel keeps the following condition for 60 seconds
in order to adjust the position of Vi port to L port
3. The panel holds the status below to completely unload DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON
the slide valve position to (0%) at the H port. DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns OFF
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns OFF
DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns OFF DO-08(Y07) : [L->H] output turns OFF
DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns ON DO-09(Y08) : [H->L] output turns ON
DO-08(Y07) : [L->H] output turns ON Wait until the display changes at the end of a 60
DO-09(Y08) : [H->L] output turns OFF seconds countdown.
0.0% (The point where the 'SLIDE VALVE Location'
value does not decrease anymore.) and the Vi port has
reached 'H port' touch NEXT to set 'SLIDE VALUE
MINIMUM (0%)' value at H port.
(Adjustment in progress to bring Vi port to L port)
(Screen for the settings 'SLIDE VALVE MINIMUM (0%)')

- 70 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
6. The panel keeps the status below and moves the slide 7. The panel keeps the status below to fully unload the
valve to the fully loaded position at L port. slide valve.
DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON DO-02(Y01) : [OILP] output turns ON
DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns ON DO-03(Y02) : [LOAD] output turns OFF
DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns OFF DO-04(Y03) : [UNLD] output turns ON
DO-08(Y07) : [L->H] output turns OFF DO-08(Y07) : [L->H] output turns OFF
DO-09(Y08) : [H->L] output turns ON DO-09(Y08) : [H->L] output turns OFF
When the capacity slide valve position has reached When the actual capacity of the compressor has
100.0% (The point where the 'SLIDE VALVE Location' reached 5.0% or less, all of the out puts automatically
value does not increase anymore.) and the Vi port has turn off.
reached 'L port' touch NEXT to set 'SLIDE VALUE
MAXIMUM (100%)' and L port.
NOTE: The process does not advance to the next step

unless the 'SLIDE VALVE Location' value at this time
is greater than the capacity slide valve 100% at the H
port and the Vi analog value less than the 'Vi (Screen showing the slide valve unloading
Location' value at H port. automatically.)
In the following cases, the adjustment is not completed.

- 100% position at H-port < 100% position at L-port
- Vi position at H-port > Vi position at L-port
(A difference of 20%(819) or more is necessary. )
(Screen for setting 'SLIDE VALVE MAXIMUM') M port cannot be adjusted.

The position of "44.88%" for M port is adjusted according to
the values recorded during the calibration for 100% in H port
0%→ L port.

- 71 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.4.3.5 'ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT' Screen
This window allows you to adjust the offset and filter

coefficient values that are required for proper indication and
processing of each analog input data.
Item Headings in 'ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT' Screen

Item Heading Description
Under this heading, the display shows a list of the items assigned to the individual analog input
CH. DESCRIPTION
channels.
Enter a positive or negative value to be added or subtracted from the AI value that the panel is
OFFSET
reading. (see NOTE below) 'LOW' and 'HIGH' values may be up to ± 50 % of full scale.
If you decrease this value, the processing responds faster to changes in process values but has
FILTER
more influence to noise and other interferences. The reverse is true when you increase this value.
COEFFICIENT
Any number between 0.00 and 0.99 can be entered.
Under this heading, values rare epresented in industrial units are indicated. These values reflect the
PROCESS VALUE
offset calculation made to the filter coefficient values and scaling.
Displayed process value NOTE:

The left diagram shows the case in which the
Maximum value in
sensor range displayed values are too small in the entire
OFFSET measurement range. To make the values appropriate
'HIGH’ for display, positive numbers should be entered in both
'LOW' and 'HIGH' brackets.
If the displayed values are too large over the entire
range, negative numbers must be entered.
Minimum value in
sensor range
OFFSET 'LOW’ Actual process value
0% 100%

- 72 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.4.3.6 'DI/O STATUS' Screen

Using the 'DI/O STATUS' screen, you can monitor the ON/OFF state of each digital input/output. This screen can also be used for
testing the condition of the digital IO by manually turning them ON/OFF.
Both monitoring and testing using this screen is possible when the following conditions are all met:
- 'LOCAL' is selected for the 'OPERATION' item in the 'CONTROLS AND OPERATIONS' window.
- The compressor is in a stopped state (the motor starter read back signal (MSRB) at DI-12 (X0B) is OFF).
- 'NO is selected for the 'COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP' item in the 'OPERATION MODE' screen.
- 'YES' is selected for the 'D/O TEST OPERATION' item in the 'OPERATION MODE' screen.
(All conditions above can be automatically set by turning the slider switch from DISABLE to ENABLED in the DI/O STATUS
screen)
Monitoring of digital outputs/inputs

The screen offers a visual representation of the DIO cards
inside the MYPRO TOUCH+ enclosure. The square shape
lamps represent the LEDS that can be found on the PC
boards. The lap comes on RED to show that particular
channel is ON. And it turns LIGHT BLUE to indicate an
OFF state.
Manually turning ON/OFF of the digital outputs

Press ' P ' or' T ' to manually operate its digital output channel.
- Whenever you touch ' P '(PERMANENT), the
corresponding digital outputs alternately turn
ON/OFF. (Alternate outputs)
- While you are holding ' T ' (TEMPORARY), the
corresponding digital outputs turn on.
(Momentary outputs)
NOTE:
When this 'D/O TEST OPERATION' screen is closed, all the states you have changed in this screen are cleared (all digital outputs
are set to OFF).
CAUTION
For safety, the following design considerations are incorporated:

- The compressor operation output DO-01 can only be toggled using the ' T '(TEMPORARY) button.
- If the operation confirmation input (MSRB) at DI-12 (X0B) turns ON while the compressor operation command
output at DO-01 (Y00) is being momentarily turned ON by pressing the ' T ' (TEMPORARY) button , the
compressor operation command output at DO-01 (Y00) automatically turns OFF.

- 73 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.5 Alarm/Failure Logs and Setpoints
(Alarm/Failure ICON Group)
Descriptions on logs and alarm/failure list icons

(1) 'ACTIVE ALARMS' Provides active alarms history.
(2) 'ALARM LOGS' Provides the log of alarm and failures that have been detected by the panel.
(3) 'EVENT LOG' Provides the log of events that have been detected by the panel.
(4) 'LIMITS' It allows you to set/view Alarm/Failure setpoints.
It allows you to set the Alarm/Failure setpoints of 'OPTION ANALOG INPUT'.
It allows you to set the Alarm/Failure setpoints of sensor 'RANGE OVER'
NOTE: OEM setpoints are for monitoring only (read only)

- 74 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.5.1 'ALARM/FAILURE LOG' Screen
This screen allows you to check the past 1000 alarms/failure records,
their names, the dates and times of their occurrence.
Both ALARMS and FAILURES are logged and displayed.

The alarms/failure history is displayed from new to old as default. This
order can be switched by touching the time title bar with a transparent
arrow. (Shown below)
The display is overwritten as new alarms/failures are recorded in a

chronological order. Duration Time Filter Combo Box
Whether the alarm has been cleared or is currently active it will be displayed on this page. Use the duration filter at the top of the
screen and the refresh button to update the list to find the alarm/failure you are looking for.
3.5.1 Active 'ALARM/FAILURE' Screen

3.5.1.1 Basic Use of the Active Alarms Screen (Hide Not Triggered)
As a basic user, you want to keep the ACTIVE ALARMS filter at the HIDE NOT TRIGGERED option (shown below). This will allow
you to continuously monitor and see the active alarms that are detected by the MYPRO TOUCH+. Once an alarm/failure condition
is corrected and the Reset/Clear button is pressed, the latest alarm will disappear from the ACTIVE ALARMS list (this however is
still recorded and can be viewed at the ALARM/FAILURE LOG screen)
EMERGENCY STOP A FAILURE that was issued in the past and has
not been cleared
EMERGENCY STOP An ALARM that was issued in the past and has
not been cleared
(Blank) No alarm is detected.
Picture below shows a sample of a DISCHARGE HIGH PRESSURE that

was detected by the panel. The list will display the time and date when
the alarm was generated and a description of the item.
If it meets the warning release requirements, touching the ( Clear Alarm button) will clear the alarm/failure from the screen.
For a more detail ALARM/FAILURE description list please visit ”4.3. Type of ALARM/FAILURE and trigger condition”.

- 75 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.5.1.1 Advance Use of the Active Alarms Screen (Show All)

ONLY AVAILABLE FOR LEVEL 2 AND ADMINISTRATOR LEVEL USERS
Switching the filter at the bottom of the screen to Show All, will display all the alarm/failure messages available in the MYPRO
TOUCH+ controller. This option gives the user the ability to enable advance functions such sending failure emails, or automatically
printing (saving) a failure report into a USB thumb drive.
This list can also give the user the ability to not display particular alarms/failure. (Hide the messages) CAUTION: This however, will
not stop the CPU from failing a compressor or alarming a compressor. The display will not be available for the operator. This tool can
be a helpful tool during startup, however not a desired tool to be used during regular operations.
MAYEKAWA holds no responsibility in any confusion, or mishandling of the equipment caused by the miss use of this tool.
WARNING
This list can also give the user the ability to not display particular alarms/failure. (Hide the messages) CAUTION:
This however, will not stop the CPU from failing a compressor or alarming a compressor. The display will not be
available for the operator. This tool can be a helpful tool during startup, however not a desired tool to be used during
regular operations.
MAYEKAWA holds no responsibility in any confusion, or mishandling of the equipment caused by the miss use of this
tool. Unless you are absolutely sure of what messages you are hiding, do not uncheck any of the default
ALARM/FAILURE messages on the HMI
'SENDING FAILURE REPORTS VIA EMAILS'
CAUTION
Prior to setting up these settings ensure that the panel is properly connected to the internet and that all
network settings are programmed properly under the Show System Settings of the HMI. This must be
performed by your local IT department or network administrator. If this step is omitted the email function
will not work properly.
To set a general email address where you would like to

receive the failure reports (or failure email notifications)
touch the email ICON from the MENU02 on the HMI.
This will bring up the dialog (window) to the right.
Simply touch the TO: field to bring up the entry keypad and
enter a full email address such as:
example@samplecompany.com

- 76 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
After this setup is completed, ensure to go to the ACTIVE

EVENT and ALARM list to enable the FAILURE
REPORT feature from the LIST and hit SAVE.
To access this list go to MENU then touch the ACTIVE
ALARMS icon. The screen to the right apppears. On the
filter select show all. This will bring all the alarm events
programmed in the panel. Scroll down until you find
FAILURE EMAIL SENT then check the box under
ENABLE. Touch the Save button at the bottom right
corner of the screen to confirm your selection.
3.5.2 'EVENT LOG' Screen

This screen displays the past 500 events and some digital input/output
change events (see table below).
You can track the operations of the compressor and other events that
have been recorded by the panel.
The event log saves 500 past events such as when the CLEAR ALARM
button was pressed and some changes on the digital inputs and outputs.
Similar to the alarm/failure log this is stored in a FIFO fashion. When a
new event is recorded the last one is moved out of memory.
Event Name Operation

Compressor Start DO-01 ON
Compressor Stop DO-01 OFF
Oil Pump Start DO-02 ON
Remote Start Input DI-16 ON
Remote Stop Input DI-16 OFF
START [START] switch ON
STOP [STOP] switch ON
Clear Alarm [CLEAR ALARM] switch ON
Power-on Power ON

- 77 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.5.3 'LIMITS (ALARM/FAILURE 1/9 to 5/9)' Screen

This Screen allows you to set alarm/failure SETPOINTs
('ALARM/FAILURE'). (For an alarm and failure list, see next page, and
refer to "4.3 Type of Alarm/Failure and Triger Condition" for the
alarm/failure trigger condition explanation.)
Each alarm/failure SETPOINTs should be set within the number range of

its 'OEM LIMIT'.
There are two sets of alarm/failure SETPOINTs (#1 and #2).
You can preprogram two sets of setpoints and switch between each set
without changing each alarm/failure SETPOINTs.
Navigation Bar
NOTE : “No ALARM” is issued (its bypassed) if you set the same value for both FAILURE and ALARM.
NOTE : The items, which are in parentheses on the next table, can be displayed or set by option setting.
3.5.4 'LIMITS (ALARM/FAILURE 6/9 to 7/9)' Screen

(Setting of' OPTION ANALOG INPUT ALARM/FAILURE')
'LIMITS 6/9 to 7/9' allows you to input a HIGH or LOW setpoints for the
ALARM/FAILURE of each optional analog input. The type of
alarm/failure needed can be assigned at “3.4.3.3 OPTIONAL ANALOG
INPUT”. (For a detail on these items refer to the next page)
An ALARM/FAILURE alarm is issued with the preset delay if the

optional analog input value exceeds the HIGH or LOW limit set here.
These alarms/failures become active after the masking time expires at
the initial run of the compressor.
No item will be displayed in this screen if no ALARM/FAILURE is assigned to any analog input in the 'OPTION ANALOG INPUT'
screen.
The OPTIONAL analog inputs only have one set of ALARM and FAILURE setpoints. Unlike the alarms for standard analog input
items handled in windows 'LIMITS 1/9' to 'LIMITS 5/9' where two values (#1 and #2) are preset for each of the items. Another
difference of ALARM/FAILURE alarms for optional analog inputs is that they are issued even when you set the same value for both
the FAILURE and the ALARM.
NOTE : No OEM LIMITS setting are programmable for optional analog inputs for. The setpoint can be input in the full range of
each optional analog input sensor range.
The items, which are in parentheses on the next table, can be enabled in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' setting.
Items in 'ALARM/FAILURE 1/9 to 5/9' Screen

ALARM FAILURE
Items Description
nullification setting nullification setting
RE-START/TIMEOUT Set a period of judgment time of "START FAIL". --- None
ALARM setting
HIGH MA Set “COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT HIGH” alarm SETPOINT. None
>= FAILURE setting
LOW SP Set “SUCTION PRESSURE LOW” alarm SETPOINT.
DELAY Set delay before “SP LOW” alarm is issued. ALARM setting
None
Set the mask time until judgment “SP LOW” alarm begins after start of <= FAILURE setting
MASK TIME
compressor. (ALARM and FAILURE common)
Set “SUCTION PRESSURE HIGH” alarm SETPOINT. ALARM setting ALARM setting
HIGH SP
(MASK TIME is common with "LOW SP") >= FAILURE setting >= FAILURE setting

- 78 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
ALARM FAILURE
Items Description
or or
DELAY Set delay before “SP HIGH” alarm is issued.
DELAY = 0[sec] DELAY = 0[sec]
ALARM setting
(HIGH IP) Set “INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE HIGH” alarm SETPOINT. None
>= FAILURE setting
ALARM setting
HIGH DP Set “DISCHARGE PRESSURE HIGH” alarm SETPOINT. None
>= FAILURE setting
ALARM setting
LOW dOP SETPOINT at which “dOP (= [OP] – [DP]) LOW” alarm is issued. None
<= FAILURE setting
(LOW dOP ALARM setting
SETPOINT at which “dOP (= [OP] – [SP]) LOW” alarm is issued. None
(OP - SP)) >= FAILURE setting
Set “dP LOW” alarm point. dP is as defined below:
LOW dP
OP-SP / AFP-SP (BFP-SP) / AFP-IP (BFP-IP) ALARM setting
None
Set the mask time until judgment “dP LOW” alarm begins after start of <= FAILURE setting
MASK TIME
(LOW OP2) SETPOINT at which “dOP2 (= [SVOP] – [DP]) LOW” alarm is issued. None ---
HIGH dFP SETPOINT at which “OIL FILTER” alarm is issued. (dFP = [DP] – [AFP])
Set delay before “OIL FILTER” alarm is issued. None DELAY = 0[sec]
DELAY
(ALARM and FAILURE common)
(HIGH dFP2) SETPOINT at which “OIL FILTER 2” alarm is issued. (dFP2 = [BFP] – [OP])
Set delay before “OIL FILTER 2” alarm is issued. DELAY = 0[sec] None
(DELAY)
(HIGH dFFP) SETPOINT at which “FINE FILTER” alarm is issued. (dFFP = [DP] – [AFP])
Set delay before “FINE FILTER” alarm is issued. DELAY = 0[sec] DELAY = 0[sec]
(DELAY)
HIGH ST SETPOINT at which “SUCTION TEMPERATURE HIGH” alarm is issued.
Set delay before “ST HIGH” alarm is issued. ALARM setting
DELAY None
(ALARM and FAILURE common) >= FAILURE setting
Set the mask time until judgment “ST HIGH” alarm begins after start of
MASK TIME
ALARM setting
HIGH DT SETPOINT at which “DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE HIGH” alarm is issued. None
>= FAILURE setting
ALARM setting
HIGH OT SETPOINT at which “OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH” alarm is issued. None
>= FAILURE setting
SETPOINT at which “OIL SEPARATOR TEMPERATURE LOW” alarm is
(LOW OS)
issued.
None None
Set the mask time until judgment “OS LOW” alarm begins after start of
(MASK TIME)
compressor. (This is observed without the time of the mask while stopping.)
SETPOINT at which “CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE LOW” alarm
(LOW EBT) None ---
(ALARM) is issued.
SETPOINT at which “CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE LOW” alarm is ALARM setting
(LOW LBT) None
issued. <= FAILURE setting
SETPOINT at which “SUCTION SUPERHEAT LOW” alarm is issued.
LOW SSH
(CANCEL > ALARM/FAILURE)
SETPOINT at which “SSH LOW” ALARM is cancelled.
CANCEL
(Cancellation occurs with a fixed delay of 15 seconds).
None DELAY = 0[sec]
Set delay before “SSH LOW” FAILURE is issued.
DELAY
(In the case of ALARM, the delay time is fixed at 30 seconds.)
Set the mask time until judgment “SSH LOW” ALARM begins after start of
MASK TIME
compressor.
SETPOINT at which “SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 (SSH2) LOW” alarm is
(LOW SSH2)
issued. (CANCEL > ALAMR/FAILURE)
FAILURE setting = 0
SETPOINT at which “SSH2 LOW” ALARM is cancelled.
(CANCEL) ALARM setting = 0 or
(Cancellation occurs with delay fixed at 15 seconds.) DELAY = 0[sec]
Set delay before “SSH2 LOW” FAILURE is issued.
(DELAY)
(In the case of ALARM delay time is fixed at 30 seconds.)
(LOW ISH) SETPOINT at which “INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT LOW” alarm is issued. ALARM setting = 0 ---
LOW DSH SETPOINT at which “DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT LOW” alarm is issued.

ALARM setting = 0
DELAY Set delay before “DSH LOW” alarm is issued.
or ---
Set the mask time until judgment “DSH LOW” ALARM begins after start of DELAY = 0[sec]
MASK TIME
compressor.
(LOW CHILLER LEVEL) SETPOINT at which “LIQUID LEVEL LOW” ALARM is issued.
DELAY = 0[sec] ---
DELAY Set delay before “LIQUID LEVEL LOW” ALARM is issued.

- 79 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
ALARM FAILURE
Items Description
Set the mask time until judgment “LIQUID LEVEL LOW” ALARM begins after
MASK TIME
start of compressor.
SETPOINT at which “SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW” alarm is issued.
LOW ST
(MASK TIME is common with "LOW SP") None None
DELAY Set delay before “ST LOW” alarm is issued.
(EVPR OIL RETURN Set a period of judgment time of
LEVEL SWITCH) "EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SWITCH" ALARM/FAILURE.
(EVPR OIL RETURN Set a period of judgment time of
MV) "EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV" ALARM/FAILURE.
* When the setting that satisfies the ALARM nullification setting or the FAILURE nullification setting is used, 'ALARM' or
'FAILURE' are not issued (they are bypassed in the CPU logic)
Items 'ALARM/FAILURE 6/9 to 7/9' (OPTION ANALOG INPUT ALARM/FAILURE)Screen
ALARM FAILURE
Item Description
SETPOINT at which “OPTION ANALOG INPUT# LOW/HIGH” alarm is
LOW/HIGH OPT#
issued.
DELAY Set delay before “OPTION ANALOG INPUT# LOW/HIGH” alarm is issued. DELAY = 0[sec] DELAY = 0[sec]
Set the mask time until judgment “OPT#AI# LOW/HIGH” alarm begins after
MASK TIME
start of compressor. (ALARM and FAILURE common)
3.5.5 'RANGE OVER (ALARM/FAILURE 8/9 to 9/9)' Screen

These screens allow you to set the delay period to detect an
over-range / under-range alarm condition. In these screen the
user can also set the mask time during which a failure
condition is not detected for each sensor.
If settings are made for the individual sensors listed in this

screen, you can identify a sensor to be faulty if it is sending
data showing a value above the upper limit (99.5% or more of
the full scale) or below the lower limit (0.5 % or less of the full
scale).
If zero (0) is entered in the '[ 0 ] SEC' space for a sensor under
the 'FAILURE DELAY' item, no alarm is issued for the sensor.
Items in 'RANGE OVER' Screen

Item Description
No sensor alarms are detected during this period right after the initial run of the
FAILURE MASK TIME
compressor.
PRESSURE SENSOR Set the failure mask time for the pressure sensor.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR Set the failure mask time for the temperature sensor.
Set the alarm delay for each sensor.
FAILURE DELAY (VALUE 0 INVALIDATES)
(If it is set to “0”, no alarm is detected for the sensor.)
*SUCTION PRESSURE OVER / UNDER Upper / Lower limit alarm of suction pressure sensor at AI-01
DISCHARGE PRESSURE UNDER Lower limit alarm of discharge pressure sensor at AI-02
OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE OVER Upper limit alarm of oil supply pressure sensor at AI-03
OIL FILTER PRESSURE OVER Upper limit alarm of after-oil-filter pressure sensor at AI-04
SUCTION TEMPERATURE OVER / UNDER Upper / Lower limit alarm of suction temperature sensor at AI-06
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE UNDER Lower limit alarm of discharge temperature sensor at AI-07
OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE UNDER Lower limit alarm of oil supply temperature sensor at AI-08
(INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE UNDER) Lower limit alarm of intermediate pressure sensor at AI-09

- 80 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
(INTERMEDIATE TEMPERATURE OVER / UNDER) Upper / Lower limit alarm of intermediate temperature sensor at AI-10
COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT UNDER Lower limit alarm of compressor motor current sensor at AI-12
*(CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE OVER / UNDER) Upper / Lower limit alarm of Chiller Entering Temperature sensor at AI-14
*(CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE OVER / UNDER) Upper / Lower limit alarm of Chiller Leaving Temperature sensor at AI-14
Upper / Lower limit alarm of low stage slide valve position sensor at AI-15
LOW STAGE SLIDE VALVE POSITION OVER / UNDER When "0" is set for UNDER the "AUTO Vi SLIDE ALARM" is not detected.
When "999" is set for UNDER the Vi port is not moved for correction.
(HIGH STAGE SLIDE VALVE POSITION OVER / UNDER) Upper / lower limit alarm of high stage slide valve position sensor at AI-16
(CHILLER GAS TEMPERATURE 1 & 2 OVER / UNDER) Upper / Lower limit alarm of chiller gas temperature sensor at AI-18 or AI-24
(CHILLER GAS PRESSURE 1 & 2 OVER / UNDER) Upper / Lower limit alarm of chiller gas pressure sensor at AI-17 or AI-23
*(SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE OVER / UNDER) Upper / Lower limit alarm of System Suction Pressure sensor at AI-16 or AI-19
* The over-range / under-range alarms are always effective for the sensors that control the compressor.
NOTE : Items in parenthesis () above can be enabled by the options selected in System Details.
3.6 System Operations (Setting and Setpoints Descriptions)

This chapter covers the details of settings and setpoints descriptions, which are commonly used under normal operations of a
compressor package. Some settings may not be needed for certain applications, and may not be enabled on your screen as it was
deemed not necessary and not selected under System Details.
If you need a particular setpoint and control in your panel please re visit your options settings under the System Details screens.

- 81 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.1 'OPERATION MODE' Details

As covered in previous chapters the MYPRO TOUCH+ gives
the user the following options (shown on the table) to
manipulate the compressors OPERATION MODE.
By touching and holding the area shown to the right on the
MAIN VIEW screen the window below appears. Which grants
the user the ability to make changes on the COMPRESSOR
OPERATION MODE. There
is also an ICON available to
display this window on the
MENU01.
Items in' OPERATION MODE' Screen

Item Description
Select the operation control mode of the compressor unit(s) from the following options:
'LOCAL': Start/stop control of the compressor unit is performed using the

START/STOP switch on the touch panel.
'REMOTE': Start/stop control of the compressor unit is performed by ON/OFF of
external command through DI-16 (X0F).
'COMM': Start/stop control of the compressor unit(s) is performed by ON/OFF
commands (000513:Comm.Comp.Start Input) from an external control
device through communications.
OPERATION
'AUTO STAGE': Start/stop control of the compressor units is performed according the
command sent from the master station for the AUTO STAGE. This mode is
selectable only when the AUTO STAGE control (option) is provided.
'AUTO STAGE COMM': Start/stop control of the compressor units is performed according to the
command(X140) sent by communication to the master station for the AUTO
STAGE.
'AUTO STAGE REMOTE': Start/stop control of the compressor units is performed according the
remote-start input (DI-16) to the master station for the AUTO STAGE.
(See 3.6.2.7 'AUTO STAGE' Screen)
The setting for this item is necessary to enable or disable the automatic start/stop (CUT IN/CUT OUT)
COMPRESSOR control of the compressor. (See 3.6.1.1 'SETPOINTS' Screen).
AUTO START/STOP 'YES': Automatic CUT IN/CUT OUT control is enabled.
'NO' : Automatic CUT IN/CUT OUT control is disabled.
Enables or disables manual operation on the digital ON/OFF outputs for testing purposes. To be able
to select 'YES', you must have selected 'LOCAL' for 'OPERATION' and 'NO' for the 'COMPRESSOR
AUTO START/STOP' above. (Or simply go to the DIO Test Screen and slide the slider switch to turn
D/O TEST ON and OFF the DIO test mode)
OPERATION 'YES': Manual operation is enabled.
'NO' : Manual operation is disabled.
NOTE:
About the manual ON/OFF control of the compressor, see 3.4.3.6 'DI/ STATUS' screen
When D/O TEST OPERATION ' -> ' YES 'is selected, this item is displayed.
'STOP' : Oil pump (DO-02 OILP) remains at its OFF state.
OIL.P MANUAL
'START' : Oil pump (DO-02 OILP) is automatically turned on.
When 'D/O TEST OPERATION' is switch back to "NO", the OIL PUMP output is turned off.

- 82 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
CAUTION
compressor is running it will stop after the pump out process ends (if applicable). The remain at its stopped state.
button.

2. Select 'ENABLE' for the 'CONTROL' item on the screen.
3.6.1.1 'SETPOINTS' Screen
This screen allows the user to make settings of parameters

related to compressor operation.
The user can preprogram up to 4 different setpoint values.
Which are all selectable by touching the title portion of the
SETPOINT columns, as shown on the picture to the right.

- 83 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
' SETPOINTS' Screen
Sub-screen title Items Description
SYSTEM Set the delay time before starting the system after the operation command turns
SYSTEM START
START DELAY ON. Applies to any of the operation modes.
Set the delay value to CUT IN the compressor after the control target has
CUT IN DELAY
exceeded the CUT IN setpoint.
Set the delay value to CUT OUT the compressor after the control target has drop
CUT OUT DELAY
below the CUT OUT setpoint.
One of the compressor stop conditions. This sets the low-stage capacity at which
the compressor operation command at DO-01 (Y00) turns OFF.
Note:
If this setpoint is set below the CAPACITY CONTROL MVL%, there is the
CUT OUT LSV%
possibility that your compressor may never stop. Due to the fact that the MVL%
will not allow the compressor to reach CUT OUT LSV% conditions.
In addition, if the CAPACITY is controlled REMOTELY by a supervisory system.
Ensure that this setpoint will work properly with the REMOTE CAPACITY
CONTROL of the supervisory system.
OIL P. Set the delay before turning ON the oil pump start command at DO-02 (Y01) after
START DELAY a system startup (after the output of Auxiliary Machine Start command comes on).
Set the delay to turn ON the compressor run command at DO-01 (Y00) after the oil
pump start command comes ON at DO-02 (Y01).
COMP. However, due to operations performed prior to the actual run of the compressor.
START DELAY Oil may have already be fed to the suction of the compressor. Causing this timer
to flood the screws with oil.
Note : Always ensure that 'COMP. START DELAY' < 'COMP. RE-START DELAY'
Delay timer to allow the compressor to restart. After a ‘START FAILURE’ is issued
MISCELLANEOUS COMP.
due to the slide valve not been able to unload fully (<5%) on the previous try.
(Setting for startup) RE-START DELAY
Note : 'COMP. START DELAY' < 'COMP. RE-START DELAY'
If the OIL PUMP is ran continuously, while compressor is OFF, for longer than the
OVER LUBE time specified at this setpoint. The panel starts counting down the timer set under
CONFIRM INTERVAL TIMER prior to allowing the compressor to restart. This is to give time
for the oil to drain back down to the separator.
Maximum time allowed to automatically unload the slide valve, after an alarm
AUTO UNLOAD condition is cleared.
MAXIMUM TIME This is only available for I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE AUTO UNLOAD ON
CLEAR ALARM -> USE.
When READY TO START is turned on, its state is maintained until the slide valve
CLEAR READY TO position exceeds this set value or when the MSRB signal (DI-12) turns on. This is
START CAPACITY only available for I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR
ALARM -> USE.
Delay timer to set the following conditions after the MSRB signal is returned to
input channel DI-12.
OIL FEED DELAY
DO-09 OILF : to ON for 'OIL FEED TYPE' -> 'FULL LUBE'.
DO-09 OILF : to OFF for 'OIL FEED TYPE' -> 'PRE LUBE'.
If 2-OIL PUMP is selected,
LAG OIL P.
The lag oil pump starts 3 seconds after the oil differential pressure
START dOP
drops below the 'LAG OIL P. START dOP' setpoint.
If 2-OIL PUMP is selected
LAG OIL P. Delay timer to stop the second oil pump, after the dOP > LAG OIL P. START
STOP DELAY dOP setpoint.
YES: Enables a stop only when the low-stage capacity is 0% after pump-out
CAPACITY operation.
0% STOP NO: Enables a stop even when the low-stage capacity is not at 0% after
pump-out operation.
PUMP OUT Set the minimum delay to terminate the pump-out sequence after the suction
(Settings for MINIMUM DELAY pressure drops below the PUMP OUT PRESS setpoint.
pump-out sequence) Following condition must be kept, 'MINIMUM DELAY' < 'MAXIMUM DELAY'.
Set the maximum delay to terminate the pump-out sequence for when the suction
MAXIMUM DELAY pressure stays above the pump-out termination suction pressure.
Following condition must be kept, 'MAXIMUM DELAY' > 'MINIMUM DELAY'.
PUMP OUT PRESS Set the suction pressure at which the pump-out sequence terminates.

- 84 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Sub-screen title Items Description
Set the low-stage capacity (SVP) or rotational speed of the compressor to
PERCENTAGE
maintain during the pump-out sequence.
CAPACITY Set the delay time from the start of the pump-out sequence to fix the capacity or
LOCK DELAY rotational speed of the compressor to PUMP OUT -> PERCENTAGE.
when "PUMP OUT" -> "CAPACITY 0% STOP" is "NO";
It is residual operation time of oil pump.
The oil pump will run for the maximum time specified in this setpoint. After the
running confirmation of the compressor is set to OFF.
The pump will stop if this timer expires, or when the slide valve is fully unloaded
>5%.
RESIDUAL (INTERVAL TIME > RESIDUAL OPERATION)
OPERATION when "PUMP OUT" -> "CAPACITY 0% STOP" is "YES";
It is residual operation time of the compressor.
After the pump out procedure ends, the compressor will run for the time specified
in this setpoint to try to unload its slide valve.
The compressor will stop if this timer expires, or when the slide valve is fully
unloaded >5%.
(INTERVAL TIME > RESIDUAL OPERATION)
(After receiving a remote OFF signal or after an automatic CUT OUT)
This setting indicates the residual run time for the oil pump after DI-12 MSRB is
turned OFF.
When [0]sec is set, this functionality is bypassed
Note : If PUMP OUT -> CAPACITY 0% STOP = NO,

OIL P. STOP DELAY The bigger value between OIL P. STOP DELAY and RESIDUAL
OPERATION is used for the residual timer.
If PUMP OUT -> CAPACITY 0% STOP = YES,
The timer value entered at this setpoint is used for the oil pump residual
time after the compressor residual operation ends.
If OIL FEED TYPE = PARTIAL LUBE, the residual driving is not available.
CUT IN value (pressure or temperature value according to the selection made for
CUT IN SETPOINT the 'CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN/OUT)' item in the 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screen.)
To automatically start the compressor control.
Capacity control setpoint value (a pressure or temperature value according to the

selection made for the 'CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY CONTROL)' item in the
SETPOINTS CONTROL PRESS.
‘SYSTEM DETAILS' screen.)
NOTE: The setting is only valid for when capacity control is set to “AUTO”.
CUT OUT value (pressure or temperature value according to the selection made
CUT OUT
for the 'CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN/OUT)' item in the 'SYSTEM DETAILS'
SETPOINT
screen.) To automatically turn off the compressor control.
NOTE:
The SETPOINT value is determined to be pressure / temperature according to the selection made for 'CONTROL TARGET' in 'SYSTEM
DETAILS'.
In the 'SETPOINTS' screen, the panel allows the user to set up to 4 different setpoint sets. These are selectable by touching the title area as
shown on the screen shot above.
(The values under 'COMM' are the set values (400259: Capacity Control Pressure Setpoint / 400260: Capacity Control Temperature Setpoint)
written from the remote station through communications. These values become valid when 'COMM' is selected for the 'OPERATION' item in the
'OPERATION MODE' windows. These values are read only on the HMI.)
In the 'SCHEDULER' screen, you specify any of numbers SETPT #1 to #4 in combination with the schedule patterns to program a schedule for
automatic operation control of the compressor so that the compressor can be operated at different settings depending on the day of the week and
time of the day.

- 85 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.1.2 'SCHEDULER' Screen
The 'SCHEDULER' is composed of eight components:

'SCHEDULER (ASSIGN DAYS)' and 'SCHEDULE 1',
'SCHEDULE 2', 'SCHEDULE 3', 'SCHEDULE 4', 'SCHEDULE
5', 'SCHEDULE 6', and 'SCHEDULE 7'.
(SCHEDULE 1 ~ 7 represent the schedule pattern.)
This screen allows you to select control setpoints set for
different time segments of the day. In addition, it allows you to
select which schedule to run at what day of the week.
Schedule pattern
Items in' SCHEDULER' Screen

Sub-screen title Item Description
SUNDAY
to SATURDAY Assign one of the schedule pattern numbers (SCHEDULE1 to SCHEDULE7) to each
(Schedule number day of the week.
assignment)
If 'YES' is selected for the 'COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP' item in the

'OPERATION MODE' screen, MYPRO TOUCH makes automatic start/stop (CUT IN /
CUT OUT) control according to your selection from the following options:
SETPOINT #1: Setting for 'SETPT #1' in 'SETPOINTS' screen is always used.
CUT IN / CUT OUT
(CUT IN / CUT OUT
number selection)
SCHEDULER SCHEDULER: 'SETPT #1' to 'SETPT #4' settings are used as you have
(ASSIGN programmed for a scheduled automatic control.
DAYS) COMM: Settings written by the remote computer through communications
are used.
MYPRO TOUCH makes automatic capacity control of the compressor according to
your selection from the following options:
CONTROL TARGET SETPOINT #2: Setting for 'SETPT #2' in 'SETPOINTS' screen is always used.
(Capacity control SETPOINT #3: Setting for 'SETPT #3' in 'SETPOINTS' screen is always used.
number selection) SETPOINT #4: Setting for 'SETPT #4' in 'SETPOINTS' screen is always used.
SCHEDULER: 'SETPOINT #1' to 'SETPT #4' settings are used as you have
programmed for a scheduled automatic control.
COMM: Settings written by the remote computer through communications
are used.

- 86 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Items in' SCHEDULER' Screen (continued)
Assign one of the 'SETPT #1' to 'SETPT #4' settings (made in the
'SETPOINTS' screen) to each of the schedule patterns 'SCHEDULE 1' to
'SCHEDULE 7'. If 'YES' is selected for the 'COMPRESSOR AUTO
SET# START/STOP' item in the 'OPERATION MODE' screen, the panel makes
(SETPOINT# selection) both automatic start/stop (CUT IN / CUT OUT) and automatic capacity
control. The panel controls the compressor from the first 'START' time to the
'START' time of the time segment (time span) using the specified setpoitns
SCHEDULE 1 to 7 (SET#) assigned by the user (one of #1 to #4).
(Schedule patterns)
Divide a day into 8 time segments and enter the start time of each time
segment in hours and minutes, to program a schedule for a day of the week.
(The end of the time segment is the 'START' time entered one line below.) If
START
'YES' is selected for the 'COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP' item in the
(Start time setting)
'OPERATION MODE' window, the panel makes both automatic start/stop
(CUT IN / CUT OUT) and automatic capacity control from the first 'START'
time according to your SETPOINT assignment by number (one of #1 to #4).
NOTE:
- You cannot specify the same time for different 'START' times within the same 'SCHEDULE' number.
- If you divide a day into segments which are smaller than eight, set the same number in 'SET #' of two or more time segments.
(The same number is set for all 'SET #' by default.)
- Any set time must be earlier than the one on the next lower line. Otherwise, time entries are not accepted.

- 87 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.1.3 'CAPACITY CONTROL' Screen

The 'CAPACITY CONTROL' screen allows the user to adjust
the PID parameters, ramp up control. and other setpoints,
which are used to control the slide valve position and capacity
of the compressor. The process variable can vary from [SP] or
[SSP] or [DP] or [SDP] as the control target.
Items in 'CAPACITY CONTROL' Screen

PROCESS VARIABLE Process value of the control target (CONTROL TARGET)
CONTROL SETPOINT Control setpoint of the PID loop
Manipulating Value (MV), OUT PUT of the PID controller (Direct-Action in SP, SSP)
PID OUT(MV)%
(Reverse-Action in DP, SDP)
SV PERCENTAGE Current position of (low stage) capacity slide valve
Control action type
MANUAL : It allows manual operation of the slide valve. (Load and Unload
Switches are displayed)
AUTO : The panels decides the capacity depending on the control target.
CAPACITY REMOTE DIGITAL : Direct remote control of the capacity increase/decrees solenoid
CONTROL valves via remote load & unload digital inputs.
(MONITOR) REMOTE ANALOG : Allows the capacity to be written via an analog input. (4~20mA will
be equivalent to 0~100% MV output) (AI-20)
OPERATION COMM : Allows the MV% output to be written via communication directly to a
remote capacity control register.
CAUTION
This OPERATION mode switches back to [AUTO] automatically when

[MANUAL] has been selected and the power is cycled or the CPU is
reset.
MVL% Manipulating Value Lower limit
STEP-1 to STEP-8 Capacity control steps
CAPACITY RAMP MVH% Manipulating Value Upper limit
CONTROL When the coil number 000516 is ON. The value inserted in this field becomes the
REMOTE MVH%
manipulating value upper limit. (000516:Comm. Comp. Load Limit Input)
MVL%/MVH% BY COMM Enable/disable of the SETPOINTs writing on the communication
Control target dead band
It allows user to set the dead band to avoid chattering (excessive ON/OFF of solenoid
DEAD BAND±
valves) The PID controller pauses its adjustment if the process value falls in the range of
CAPACITY
SETPOINT ± DEAD BAND.
CONTROL
(SETPOINTS) Controller proportional band SETPOINTs
A smaller number gives a more aggressive output causing the controller to take more
PROPORTIONAL BAND
time to converge, as the output may jump up and down aggressively. A bigger number
will adjust in smaller increments allowing it to converge through a longer period of time.

- 88 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Controller integral time SETPOINTs
INTEGRAL TIME
Controller derivative time SETPOINTs
DERIVATIVE TIME
Controller manual reset SETPOINTs
When the integral time and derivative time are both set to 0. And the error between the
MANUAL RESET
process variable and the target are equal to 0. The PID controller uses this value as the MV
OUT %.
The control SETPOINTs for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller manipulating
dMV LIMIT
value.
High motor amp setpoint. To force unload the compressor when the motor amp increases
HI MA UNLOAD suddenly and surpasses the value in this setpoint
Issues unloading command if the compressor motor current >= this SETPOINTs.
High motor amp setpoint. Prohibits the compressor from loading when the motor current >=
HI MA LOAD FORBID
this setpoints.
High discharge pressure setpoint to force unload the compressor when discharge pressure
HI DP UNLOAD
>= this setpoint.
High discharge pressure setpoint. Prohibits the compressor from loading when the
HI DP LOAD FORBID
CAPACITY discharge pressure >= this setpoints.
CONTROL High intermediate pressure setpoint, force unloads the compressor when intermediate
(SETPOINTS) HI IP UNLOAD pressure >= this setpoint. (Depending on 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' setting, it will not
Limiter function be displayed.)
(mainly for overload
protection) High intermediate pressure setpoint. Prohibits the compressor from loading when the
HI IP LOAD FORBID intermediate pressure >= this setpoints. (Depending on 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION'
setting, it will not be displayed.)
Low suction pressure setpoint. Force unloads the compressor when the SP <= this
LO SP UNLOAD
setpoint. (It is not for overload protection, is for suction pressure drop prevention.)
Low suction pressure setpoint. Prohibits the compressor from loading when the suction
LO SP LOAD FORBID pressure <= this setpoint. (It is not for overload protection, is for suction pressure drop
prevention.)
CONTROL START Delay time for the panel to start the capacity control on the compressor.
DELAY (To secure retention time of capacity 0%)
Manipulating value ((low stage)capacity)dead band

The response of the slide valve position to change in the manipulating value improves if
you set a relatively small value for 'MV (LSV) DEAD BAND'. However, the life of the digital
CAPACITY output device becomes shorter as they will be cycled more frequently.
MV(LSV) DEAD BAND
CONTROL In addition, if the slide valve must move quickly to meet the setting, not only the number
(SETPOINTS) of the ON/OFF times to drive the loading and unloading solenoid valves increases, but
also these two valves alternately turn ON and OFF. As a result, it takes a longer time
before their positions settle. In the worst case, the slide valve positions would never settle.
FORCE LOAD Set the capacity loading ratio for “Forced capacity loading” by comm. or 100% LOCK.

- 89 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Sample screen (to the right) when the control target is set as
the Chiller leaving temperature (LBT), (Use PID 02/16)
('CHILLER CONTROL' option is needed)
The sub-screen of the 'CAPACITY CONTROL' screen allows

you to make the following settings and displays related to the
capacity control of the compressor.
- Setting for the basic capacity control items
- Setting for the unloader slide valve positioner
- Setting for the capacity control limiters
- Settings of the ramp control at the start for the capacity
control ('CAPACITY RAMP CONTROL')
Setting in the 'CAPACITY CONTROL (SETPOINTS)' sub-screen

Enter an appropriate value for the 'MV (LSV) DEAD BAND' item to adjust the positioner function of the low-stage slide valve.
If the difference between the capacity controller's manipulating value 'PID OUT (MV)%' and the current low-stage slide valve
position 'SV PERCENTAGE' exceeds the value in the 'MV (LSV) DEAD BAND', The panel issues a loading or unloading command
to drive each corresponding solenoid valves.
In general, the response of the slide valve position to the change in the manipulating value improves if, you set a relatively small
value for 'MV (LSV) DEAD BAND'. However, the life of the digital output device gets shorten since this will be cycled more
frequently. In addition, if the slide valve must move quickly to meet the setting, not only the cycle times of the loader and unloader
solenoids increases, but also these two valves turn ON and OFF alternatively. As a result, it takes longer for the slide valve
position to settle. In the worst case, the slide valve position could never settle.
The panel uses the delay timer entered under 'CTRL START DELAY' to allow the compressor to be kept at 0% condition for a small
period, right after the initial run of the compressor.
The settings for the 'FORCE LOAD' item is used to adjust the loading speed during a “forced 100 % operation”, which could be
implemented through communications.
The manipulating value of the capacity controller displayed in 'PID OUT (MV) %' starts increasing by the amount set for the
'FORCE LOAD' item every second from the moment the full load coil is energized (000515:Comm.Comp Full Load Input) (in which
data are written through communications).
Settings in the 'CAPACITY RAMP CONTROL' sub-screen

The panel uses the parameters and settings under these controls to allow for a smooth ramp-up of the compressor at its initial
run. The goal is to use the SEC and % values, to prevent the capacity from overshooting when the suction temperature may be
WARM at the beginning of a compressor run cycle.
STEP-1 The lower limit of the capacity changes over time, and moves along the line that runs through the 0.0% point
and the MVL%. (“MVL” stands for “manipulating value low limit”.)
The upper limit of the capacity changes over time, and moves along the line that runs through the 0.0% point
and the STEP-1 %. (When the time is set to zero, that step is not used)
STEP-2 to STEP-8 The capacity lower limit remains at the MVL %.
The capacity upper limit changes over time, and moves along the line that connects the previous STEP %
point and the current STEP% point, according to the time value entered.
After STEP-8 The capacity lower limit remains at the MVL % for normal operation.
The capacity upper limit remains at the MVH % (the same percentage as the one set for STEP-8) for normal
operation. (“MVH” stands for “manipulating value high limit”.)

- 90 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Controller manipulating value
100.0%
MVH%:%-8
%-7
%-6
%-5
%-4
%-3
%-2
%-1
MVL%
0.0% Time
CTRL START SEC-1 SEC-2 SEC-3 SEC-4 SEC-5 SEC-6 SEC-7 SEC-8
Normal operation
DELAY
Compressor operation
Start of capacity control
confirmation (OFF -> ON)
You can set any percentage between 0.0 % and 100.0 % for all STEPs from STEP-1 to STEP-7. However, if you set percentages
smaller than MVL % for these STEPs, the ramp formed by the capacity upper limit may go below the MVL % line for a certain period.
The capacity lower limit in this period becomes 0.0 %, and the panel confines the manipulating value (MV) of the capacity controller
within the shaded areas shown in the following diagram during this period.
Controller MV
Set %-( n+1)
Set %-( n-1)
MVL%
Set%-n
0.0% Time
SEC-(n-1) SEC-n SEC-(n+1 SEC-(n+2)
If either the capacity control limiter, or 100%-capacity operation, or pump out operation occur during a ramp up. Even if the
controller is in between STEP-1 to STEP-8, the PID OUT (MV) % may be forced to fall outside of the step which was programmed
for. This is because the functions mentioned above, take precedence over the ramp up function of the controller.
'REMOTE MVH%'
The value set for this item is used as the capacity upper limit when coil 000516, Communication Comp. Load Limit Input, is in
the ON state. However, this function is invalid when any of the following conditions are true.
- 'ENABLE' is selected for 'MVL%/MVH% BY COMM' - 'AUTO STAGE' is selected for 'OPERATION'.
- 'REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL' is enabled. - pump-out sequence is in progress in the compressor.
- REMOTE MVH% >= MVH%
'MVL%/MVH% BY COMM'
Select 'ENABLE' to write the MVL% and MVH% through remote communication (Each stored in the relevant two
communication-writable registers). 'DISABLE' uses the local parameters for 'MVL%' (capacity lower limit) and 'MVH%'
(capacity upper limit).
Please refer to "5.2.3 Change of set value by communication" also.
CAUTION
For safety of the equipment, the "Overload Prevention Limiter Function" takes precedence over any remote
control functions. (Excludes 'MANUAL'.)

- 91 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.1.4 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL' Screen

The 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL' screen allows you to control the
compressor rotational speed on a VFD through an analog output using
[SP] or [SSP] or [DP] or [SDP] as the control target.
(Use PID 11/16) (VFD COMPRESSOR option is required.)
When VFD OUTPUT LIMIT control is enabled, touching the OUTPUT
LIMIT allows the user to set the setpoints for the OUTPUT LIMIT
control. (The window below slides in and becomes available)
'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL' Screen

CONTROL TARGET Process value of the control target
CONTROL SETPOINT SETPOINT of the control target
Manipulating value (output) of the controller (Direct-Action in SP, SSP)
PID OUT(MV)%
(Reverse-Action in DP, SDP)
SV PERCENTAGE Current position of (low stage) capacity slide valve
Control action method
MANUAL : It allows the user to operate the rotational speed manually through a
LOAD and UNLOAD button locally on the HMI.
AUTO : The panel decides the rotational speed according to the control target and
VFD entered setpoints.
COMPRESSOR REMOTE DIGITAL : Allows remote control on VFD output by turning ON/OFF of the related
(MONITOR) digital inputs.
REMOTE ANALOG : Uses corresponding analog input to allow remote control of VFD.
OPERATION COMM : Allows remote VFD control via communication to the panel.
CAUTION
This OPERATION mode switches back to [AUTO] automatically when

[MANUAL] has been selected and the power is cycled or the CPU is
reset.
Manipulating Value Lower limit

MVL%
(However, when OUTPUT LIMIT is effective, MVL% <= OUTPUT LIMIT LOW.)
STEP-1 to STEP-8 Capacity control steps
Manipulating Value Upper limit
RAMP CONTROL MVH%
(However, when OUTPUT LIMIT is effective, MVH-F% >= OUTPUT LIMIT HIGH.)
This value is used as the MVH when coil 000516 is turned on. (000516:Comm. Comp. Load Limit
REMOTE MVH%
Input)
MVL/MVH% BY COMM Enables/disables the function to write MVL and MVH by communication.
Output prohibition band (maximum of 3 points)

Use this controls to skip resonant frequency.
OUTPUT LIMIT ZONE-1 to ZONE-3 Control revolution output band to avoid the operation on the specific revolutions
MVL% <= LOW, HIGH <= MVH-F%, ZONE-1 < ZONE-2 < ZONE-3
When "LOW = HIGH" the OUTPUT LIMIT function is not used. (bypassed)

DEAD BAND± It allows to a set the dead band to avoid chattering (excessive cycling, ON/OFF, of outputs )
VFD The PID pauses when the process value is in the range of SETPOINT ± DEAD BAND.
COMPRESSOR
(SETPOINTS) Controller proportional band SETPOINTs
PROPORTIONAL A smaller number gives a more aggressive output causing the controller to take more time to
BAND converge, as the output may jump up and down aggressively. A bigger number will adjust in
smaller increments allowing it to converge through a longer period of time.

- 92 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
A smaller number gives a more aggressive output causing the controller to take more time to
INTEGRAL TIME
converge, as the output may jump up and down aggressively. A bigger number will adjust in
Controller derivative time SETPOINTs
A smaller number gives a more aggressive output causing the controller to take more time to
DERIVATIVE TIME
converge, as the output may jump up and down aggressively. A bigger number will adjust in
When the integral time and derivative time are both set to 0. And the error between the process
MANUAL RESET
variable and the target are equal to 0. The PID controller uses this value as the MV OUT %.
dMV LIMIT The control setpoints for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller manipulating value.
High discharge pressure setpoint to force unload the compressor when discharge pressure >=
HI DP UNLOAD
this setpoint.
High discharge pressure setpoint. Prohibits the compressor from loading when the discharge
HI DP LOAD FORBID
pressure >= this setpoints.
High intermediate pressure setpoint, force unloads the compressor when intermediate pressure
HI IP UNLOAD
>= this setpoint. (Depending on 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' setting, it will not be displayed.)
High intermediate pressure setpoint. Prohibits the compressor from loading when the
HI IP LOAD FORBID intermediate pressure >= this setpoints. (Depending on 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' setting, it
will not be displayed.)
Low suction pressure setpoint. Force unloads the compressor when the SP <= this setpoint. (It is
LO SP UNLOAD
VFD not for overload protection, is for suction pressure drop prevention.)
COMPRESSOR
Low suction pressure setpoint. Prohibits the compressor from loading when the suction pressure
(SETPOINTS) LO SP LOAD FORBID
<= this setpoint. (It is not for overload protection, is for suction pressure drop prevention.)
Limiter function
(mainly for Delay time for the panel to start the capacity control on the compressor.
CTRL START DELAY
overload (To secure retention time of capacity 0%)
protection)
When VFD <= MVL%(VFD), Delay time of moving from revolutions control to slide value position
CTRL STOP DELAY
control.
When OPERATION is NOT set to REMOTE DIGITAL. This setpoint sets the load speed for the
“Compressor rotational speed" when FORCE LOAD is requested via communication.
FORCE LOAD When OPERATION is REMOTE DIGITAL, This setpoint sets the load speed for the
"Compressor rotational speed" when FORCE LOAD is requested by turning ON digital input
(DI-31).
When OPERATION is NOT set to REMOTE DIGITAL. This setpoint sets the unload speed for
the “Compressor rotational speed" when FORCE UNLOAD is requested via communication.
FORCE UNLOAD When OPERATION is REMOTE DIGITAL, This setpoint sets the unload speed for the
"Compressor rotational speed" when FORCE UNLOAD is requested by turning ON digital input
(DI-32).
The screen shown to the right will be displayed if you set the
control target as Chiller leaving temperature (LBT). USE PID
12/16 (VFD COMPRESSOR + CHILLER CONTROL option is
required)
Make selections and inputs as instructed above to perform the
capacity control properly by variable frequency drive (VFD).
CAUTION
Enter setpoint appropriately on the inverter side for the

lowest rotational speed, the maximum speed, the start
frequency, the acceleration time, the deceleration time,
and analog input filter time constant, when the VFD
function is used.

- 93 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Settings in 'VFD COMPRESSOR (MONITOR)' sub-screen
On 'OPERATION', select an appropriate rotational speed control method from the following options:
'MANUAL' The rotational speed can be manipulated locally from the HMI by touching MANUAL [INC] ' or ' MANUAL [DEC] '.
'AUTO' The panel automatically determines appropriate rotational speed according to the pressure or temperature of the
control target.
'REMOTE DIGITAL' The rotational speed increase/decrease as the relevant digital input turns ON/OFF.
When the rotational speed is controlled, The rotational speed of the compressor increases and decreases
according to the FORCE LOAD/UNLOAD setting.
'REMOTE ANALOG' The value of the relevant analog input (AI-20:Remote Capacity Control Input) is used as the MV of the rotational speed.
'COMM' The value of the corresponding address by communication (400261: Capacity Setpoint) is used as the MV of the
rotational speed.
Settings in 'VFD COMPRESSOR (SETPOINTS)' sub-screen

The limiter functions are setup similar to how they are setup in the ‘CAPACITY CONTROL’ screen. Except that the value set for
'FORCE UNLOAD' [%/SEC] is used, as an unload rate, when a “forced decrease” condition occurs. This means that the larger
the set value for ‘FORCE UNLOAD’ is the shorter the time it takes to reduce the manipulating value of the compressor motor
speed.
The value set for 'VFD START DELAY' is the delay used to switch from slide valve control to VFD control after the slide valve has
reached the 'MVH%' position. On the other hand, the value set for 'VFD STOP DELAY' is used when switching back from VFD
control to slide valve position control, once the VFD PID OUT(MV)% has reached then MVL% value.
The 'FORCE LOAD' and 'CAPACITY RAMP CONTROL', functions work similar to the same settings on the 'CAPACITY
CONTROL' screen.
Settings for 'OUTPUT LIMIT' sub-screen Analog output
The panel uses the 'LOW' and 'HIGH' values of the output prohibition 100%
zones 'ZONE-1' to 'ZONE-3’ for the purpose of limiting the revolutions HIGH
ZONE-3
output zones. Path followed
LOW
when increasing
HIGH the speed
ZONE-2
The OUTPUT LIMIT function works by limiting the analog output to its LOW
Path followed
corresponding 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL PID OUT' percentage. HIGH when decreasing
ZONE-1 the speed
If different values for the 'LOW' and 'HIGH' SETPOINTS are entered for LOW
the same zone, a step-like path results. If they are the same, a linear 0%
0% 100%
path results.
PID OUT (MV) %
(This function “disabled” as default.) LOW HIGH LOW HIGH LOW HIGH
ZONE-1 ZONE-2 ZONE-3
[Outline from the start to stop of the VFD control operation] (Sample with pressure set as control target-processed variable)
The compressor starts after pressure >= cut in pressure SETPOINT.
The position of the slide valve changes to MVL% from 0%, and motor speed output changes to MVL% from 0%.
While the compressor is running, if pressure > control setpoint, the slide valve is gradually increased while keeping the motor speed fixed at
MVL%. Once the slide valve reaches MVH% and is fixed at this position (and pressure is still > setpoint) the VFD capacity control starts, after the
time specified under 'VFD START DELAY' expires.
If the pressure < the target pressure SETPOINT,
Assuming VFD control is been performed keeping the slide valve fixed at MVH%. The compressor speed is gradually decreased then the VFD
OUTPUT is fixed at MVL% after it reaches the value at MVL%. After the period specified under 'VFD START DELAY', slide valve control is
performed between the range of MVL% and MVH%.
If the pressure <= the stop pressure SETPOINT,
The slide valve is unloaded while the VFD is kept at MVL%. After slide valve position is less than 5%, the compressor is stopped.
(When the liquid is collected, this setting is found under the pump-out setpoints (PUMP OUT -> PERCENTAGE).)
You are allowed to restart operations again (continue), as long as the compressor has not fully stopped, and all restart conditions are satisfied
again, even after stop conditions are met once.

- 94 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
About using of 'Capacity control' and 'Rotational speed control' of the compressor together
- 'Slide valve position control' -> refers to setting under 'CAPACITY CONTROL'
- 'Rotational speed control' -> refers to setting under 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL'
Combination table for 'CAPACITY CONTROL' – 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL'

VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL 'MANUAL' "Manual Operation" by the button on the touch panel.
REMOTE REMOTE 'AUTO' "Automatic Control" by the set value of the
MANUAL AUTO COMM
DIGITAL ANALOG
controller
MANUAL X (2) X X X
'REMOTE DIGITAL' "Remote Control" by the Digital input
(3) (1) X (4) (4)
CAPACITY
CONTROL
AUTO
REMOTE 'REMOTE ANALOG' "Remote Control" by the Analog input
DIGITAL X X (5) X X
REMOTE
'COMM' "Remote Control" by the set value via
ANALOG X X X X X
communication
COMM X X X X X
(NOTE) "X" cannot be selected.
'REMOTE ANALOG' or 'COMM' cannot be selected for the 'OPERATION' of 'CAPACITY CONTROL (slide valve control)'.
However, when 'REMOTE DIGITAL' is selected for 'CAPACITY CONTROL' or 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL', Both are
automatically changed to 'REMOTE DIGITAL'. Once REMOTE DIGITAL is selected if either setpoint is changed to a different selection
the other selection is automatically changed to AUTO.
Excluding the conditions described above, when the user try using setting shown by "X" in the table, the OPERATION mode is
changed to 'AUTO' automatically.
Possible combinations for 'CAPACITY CONTROL' – 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL'
(1) 'AUTO' – 'AUTO'
When the slide valve position reaches MVH% or more under 'Slide valve control', it switches to 'Rotational speed control'.
When the rotational speed output reaches MVL% or less under 'Rotational speed control', it shifts to 'Slide valve control'.
(2) 'MANUAL' – 'AUTO'
Capacity "Increase"/"Decrease" solenoid valves can be operated from the HMI.
When the slide valve position reaches MVH% or more, 'Rotational speed control' is started under AUTOMATIC control.
(The solenoid valve operation is also effective when the panel is under 'VFD COMPRESSOR CONTROL'.)
(3) 'AUTO' – 'MANUAL'
The slide valve position is controlled automatically by the panel. The motor speed can be increased or decreased
manually from the HMI. (The rotational speed operation is effective also while it is in 'Slide valve control'.)
(4) 'AUTO' – 'REMOTE ANALOG' or 'COMM'
The slide valve position increases according to the FORCE LOAD setpoint in 'CAPACITY CONTROL', until it reaches
MVH%. (Operation is different from the usual 'AUTO'.)
When the slide valve position >= MVH% it switches to 'Rotational speed control'.
The analog input (AI-20:Remote Capacity Control Input) or the communication (400261:Capacity Setpoint) become
effective except during pump out.)
(5) 'REMOTE DIGITAL' – 'REMOTE DIGITAL'
During 'Slide valve control', When DI-31 is turned on, the capacity "Increase" solenoid valve turns on.
When DI-32 is turned on, the capacity "Decrease" solenoid valve turns on.
When the slide valve position >= MVH%, it switches to 'Rotational speed control'.
When DI-31 is turned on, it increases the PID OUT % for the VFD according to the FORCE LOAD setpoint.
When DI-32 is turned on, it decreases the PID OUT% for the VFD according to the FORCE UNLOAD setpoint.
When the rotational speed output <= MVL%, it shifts to 'Slide valve control'.
CAUTION
For safety and equipment protection, the "Overload prevention limiter function" always takes precedence
over remote control. (Excluding 'MANUAL'.)

- 95 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.1.5 'AUTO Vi' Screen

The 'AUTO Vi' screen allows you to control the compressor capacity for the auto Vi control function.
('VARIABLE Vi or SINGLE J' option is required.)
This is a brief description of the Auto-Vi.
- The Vi control consists of the combination of 7 solenoid valves described below.
MPLD (Vi M-Port Load SV) (only UD-V), MPUL (Vi M-Port Unload SV) (only UD-V)
ViBP (Vi Bypass SV) (only UD-V), L->H (Vi L->H SV), H->L (Vi H->L SV),
LOAD (low stage capacity loading SV), UNLD (low stage capacity unloading SV)
These 7 solenoid valves control the Vi slide valve position at 3 stages (2.63(L port), 3.65(M port), 5.80(H port)
- The Vi slide block moves to the Vi position that is set under 'Initial Vi Position' when the compressor starts.
- The Vi slide block moves to a new position according to the 'Move Delay' by operating the required solenoid valves.
- The capacity slide valve position is fixed by the ‘capacity slide bypass’ while the Vi block is moving.
- The Vi slide block will not work if a capacity control limiter is active. (HI MA UNLOAD, HI DP UNLOAD etc.)
- Required variables for Vi control are suction pressure, discharge pressure and the k value for the selected refrigerant (adiabatic
exponent).
- Pressure ratio of suction pressure and discharge pressure is calculated at the interval set under 'Sample Delay'. Vi position is
moved when the Sample count reaches the 'Sample Quantity' according to internal comparison made by the panel.
- The panel has two modes, a fixed Vi mode and a variable Vi mode.
- A proper slide valve calibration is required for the Vi control and capacity control to work properly for the variable Vi machines.
(There are 0% calibration and 100% calibrations for the three positions (H,M,L port).)
(J series adjusts 0% and 100% only for two position, L and H.)
(1) H port: 0% (4) L port: 100%

(Movement range of capacity slide valve is small (Movement range of capacity slide valve is big
→pressure ratio is big.) →pressure ratio is small.)
(2)H port: 100% (5) L port: 0%

(Movement range of capacity slide valve is small (Movement range of capacity slide valve is big
→pressure ratio is big.) →pressure ratio is small.)
(3)H port: 100%

(Movement range of capacity slide valve is medium→
pressure ratio is medium also.)
(J series cannot be adjusted.)

- 96 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
This screen (consists of three sub-screens) which allows you to set parameters relevant to the auto Vi control function.
Depending on the selection on ' SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen, optional extension digital input/output board is required to
use the auto Vi control function.(Extension DI/O board is required when 'USE DO-17, 18, 19, 23, 24 (UD-V)' or 'USE DO-26, 27, 28,
29, 30(UD-V)' is selected for 'AUTO Vi CONTROL'.)
The screen to the right becomes available when 'SINGLE J', 'SINGLE J
ECONOMIZER W/O SENSOR', 'SINGLE J ECONOMIZER W/
SENSOR', or 'SINGLE UD-V (VARIABLE Vi)' is selected for the
'COMPRESSOR' type in 'SYSTEM SETUP'.
Items in 'AUTO Vi' Screen

Screen title Item Description
AUTO Vi CONTROL CURRENT Vi It indicates the current physical Vi block position.

(MONITOR)
CALCULATED Vi It indicates the current calculated Vi value
(only in UD-V)
Select one of the following as the port from which automatic Vi control is
started.
INITIAL Vi
V Series
* 2.63(L) : L port
3.65(M) : M port
5.80(H) : H port
Set the frequency (time) at which sampling is made to determine the
SAMPLE DELAY
need for port switching.
SAMPLE QUANTITY Set the number of samples to determine the need for port switching.
(only in J-Series)
Set the delay to confirm port position.
CONFIRM DELAY When an SVP value greater than 100% is recorded for ten minutes in M
AUTO Vi CONTROL
or H port., After this timer expires, The solenoid valve L->H is turned on
(SETPOINT)
for three seconds to correct the Vi and Slide Valve position.
(Displaying
SETPOINTs) Set the delay before switching ports.
MOVE DELAY
(The range of a set value is different depending on the compressor kind.)
(only in J-Series)
Select Vi mode as fixed or Auto.
J Series
* 2.50(L) : L port fixed
3.50(M) : M port fixed
5.00(H) : H port fixed
PORT SELECT AUTO-Vi : Auto Vi control(Auto Vi mode)
The port might move for positioning when starting even if a fixed mode
has been selected. (The control begins from L port position.)
Note :It is not possible to change to FIXED Vi mode while the

compressor is running. However, the user can change to Auto Vi
mode even if the compressor is running.
NOTE:
In the table, the setting options marked * are the default settings

- 97 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Current Vi Port Current Status

State of Vi port SV
Current Sample Count Slide Valve Percentage
STATUS Vi Slide Valve Explanation

< Vi control stopped >
"STOPPED" Not Move
This shows that the Vi control is in the stopped state.
< At beginning of a compressor run, Vi port is being adjusted to start position >
It indicates that the Vi slide block is being moved to its initial position, at the start of a
compressor run cycle.
To avoid the Vi block from getting stuck, right after the compressor run, the Vi increase
"INITIALIZING" Move (L->H) and decrease (H->L) solenoids are cycled for ten seconds (This is done a
maximum four times).
After SVP >= 32.6% the Vi block is taken to its start position.
(To a specified port if it is fixed Vi mode.)
(To L port if it is automatic Vi mode.)
< SVP% Low >
The SVP position is an important permissive for Auto Vi control. For different
situations the Vi may not move due to the following conditions.
- At the Start of Auto VI if : SVP < 32.7% (M962)
"SVP% LOW" Not Move
- While Calculating for Auto Vi if : SVP < 48.8% (M963)
- While Increasing the port in Auto Vi if : SVP < 48.8% (M964)
- While Sampling the Auto Vi if : SVP < 80.0% (M965)
- While Decreasing port in Auto Vi if : SVP < 90.0% (M966)
< Vi sampling >
This shows that the panel is sampling calculations to determine if the Vi should be
"SAMPLING" Not Move increased or decreased.
SAMPLE = "-1","-2",… "Decrease" was detected in the direction of H->L.
SAMPLE = "1","2",… "Increase" was detected in the direction of L->H.
< Vi moving >
When the sampling count reaches the sampling quantity, the Vi port is moved
according to the Vi value.
"MOVING" Move SAMPLE = "-1","-2",… Vi slide valve moves
in the direction of H->L ("Decrease").
SAMPLE = "1","2",… Vi slide valve moves
in the direction of L->H ("Increase").
Moving to L port Moving to M port Moving to H port

SVP is adjusted to 85% or less, SVP is adjusted to 85% or less,
and the Vi port is moved. and the Vi port is moved.
(The capacity decrease command at "Vi Increase" stops by SVP < 85.0%)

- 98 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.1.6 'OTHER SETPOINTS' Screen
This screen allows you to set the anti-cycle timer and other
parameters for optional functions. Such as the Oil Heater ON
OFF setpoints, Seal Protection Pump Control Setpoints, Auto
Lube Pump ON OFF setpoints.
NOTE : The displayed items may be different from those

shown to the right depending on the selections made under
System Details.
'OTHER SETPOINT' Screen

ANTI CYCLE TIME Timer that prohibits quick cycling (ON/OFF) of the compressor motor.
(start -> start interval) The timer starts counting from the moment the compressor starts.
Set the time from the end of a compressor operation to the start of the
next operation. (This limits the stop-to-start interval.)
While the compressor state is OFF, if the oil pump runs continuously
*1 longer than the time specified in COMP. RE-START DELAY. The
ANTI CYCLE compressor is prohibited from running for the time specified under
INTERVAL TIME INTERVAL TIME after the oil pump has stopped running.
(Stop -> start interval)
At the start of a compressor cycle the panel turns on the oil pump and
tries to bring its capacity lower than 5%. If this is not achieved during
the time specified under COMP. RE-START DELAY, the timer under
FAILURE -> RE-START/TIMEOUT starts counting down. If the panel
successfully bring the compressor’s capacity lower than 5% during
this time. The oil pump is turned off and the panel waits for the time
specified under INTERVAL TIME before starting the compressor.
*2 Set the oil separator temperature to control the ON/OFF of the OIL
OIL HEATER HEATER ON/OFF OS HEATER output.
OIL DRAIN SV
*3
SV OFF DELAY Set the delay to turn OFF the OIL DRAIN SV output at DO-09 (Y08)
after the oil pump output DO-02(Y01) turns OFF.
STARTING BYPASS SV
*6
SV ON/OFF DELAY Set the time to turn off the bypass solenoid valve, after the panel has
received the MSRB signal at DI-12 (XOB).
Set the low-stage capacity at which the hot gas bypass solenoid valve
SV ON/OFF LSV% turns ON/OFF.
Set the delay before the hot gas bypass solenoid valve turns ON after
SV ON DELAY (LSV%) the low-stage capacity has reached the set value.
*7
HOT GAS BYPASS SV
Set the suction pressure at which the hot gas bypass solenoid valve
SV ON SP turns ON.
SV ON DELAY (SP) Set the delay before the hot gas bypass solenoid valve turns ON after
the suction pressure has reached the set value.
START/STOP SP when AUTO LUBE is selected on OIL FEED TYPE
Stop delay is 5min. (fixed) The oil pump starts if the suction pressure >= START SP (fixed value).
Start delay is 6sec. (fixed) The oil pump stops if the suction pressure <= STOP SP (fixed value)
OIL PUMP START dP START/STOP dP When AUTO LUBE is selected on OIL FEED TYPE,
(differential pressure) The oil pump starts if the differential pressure <= START dP.
Stop delay is 5min. (fixed) The oil pump stops if the differential pressure >= STOP dP.
Start delay is 6sec. (fixed)
OIL RETURN SV START Set the delay before the oil return solenoid valve turns ON after the
OPEN DELAY (delay time of SV-open) motor starter read back at DI-12 (XOB) turns ON.

- 99 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
STOP Set the delay before the start bypass solenoid valve turns OFF after
(delay time of SV-close) the motor starter read back at DI-12 (XOB) turns OFF.
Select either one of the following options for the “intermittent

operation” of the oil pump.
INTERVAL DISABLE (Intermittent operation disabled)
ENABLE (Intermittent operation enabled)
Set the interval of the oil pump intermittent operation.

*5
(The intermittent operation takes place when the compressor stop
START PERIOD time is longer than the time set here.)
NOTE: Setting for this item is valid only when 'ENABLE' is selected
for the 'INTERVAL' item.
Set the time for the oil pump to run for each “intermittent operation”.
PUMP RUN NOTE: Setting for this item is valid only when 'ENABLE' is selected
for the 'INTERVAL' item in the above.
*4
SEAL PROTECTION
Select either to allow or not allow the oil pump to run after an "auto
stop" of the compressor.
COMP. STOP DISABLE: Delay is not allowed.
ENABLE: Delay is allowed.
After DI-12 MSRB is turned off, DO-01 OILP is turned on during the
time specified under SEAL PROTECTION -> OIL PUMP DELAY [sec]
(After a 15 sec delay (fixed), AUX is turned off after DI-12 MSRB is
turned off.)
OIL PUMP DELAY DO-01 OILP is started again for a residual operation if OIL FEED
TYPE -> PARTIAL LUBE.
NOTE : Setting for this item is valid only when 'ENABLE' is selected for
the 'COMP. STOP' item in the above.
EVPR OIL RETURN Set the mask time to start the Evaporator oil return control. Mask time
MASK TIME effective after DI-12 MSRB is turned on.
EVPR OIL RETURN*8 Set the Delay time to turn on EVOR1 after DI-31 turns on (oil return at
EVAPORATOR LEVEL SW DELAY on) or turns off (oil return at off).
OIL RETURN
EVPR OIL RETURN
INTERVAL Set the interval time of Evaporator oil return control.
EVPR OIL RETURN TIME Set the control time of Evaporator oil return.
NOTE:
*1 Any settings for 'ANTI CYCLE' are invalid if, in the 'CONTROLS AND OPERATION' window, 'LOCAL' is selected for
'OPERATION' and 'NO' is selected for 'COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP'.
*2 The display and settings for the items in the ‘OIL HEATER’ section, and assignment of digital output are different according to
the setting under 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen.
COMPRESSOR OIL HEATER OIL SEPARATOR TEMPERATURE
I/O PLATFORM DO-18 AUX
TYPE Display/Setting(Output) LOW ALARM/FAILURE
except SINGLE J~ --- Valid(DO-07)

NORTH AMERICA Valid
SINGLE J~ --- Valid(DO-18)
ASIA NO Valid(DO-18)
SINGLE J~
YES Invalid(---) Invalid
SOUTH AMERICA
SINGLE J~ --- Valid(DO-05)
The OIL HEATER output cannot be allocated for I/O PLATFORM = EUROPE.
The OIL HEATER output cannot be allocated for OIL SEPARATOR TEMP. SENSOR = NO.

- 100 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
*3 Only when 'NORTH AMERICA' is selected for the I/O PLATFORM' and COMPOUND-2 (2016 & HIGHER)' is selected for the
'COMPRESSOR' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen, the setpoitns for 'OIL DRAIN SV' become available.
*4 Only when 'USE' is selected for the 'COMPRESSOR OIL SEAL PROTECTION' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION'
screen, the setpoints for 'SEAL PROTECTION' become available.
*5 START PERIOD is only displayed when ‘ENABLE’ is selected for the ‘INTERVAL’ item in the ‘SEAL PROTECTION’ screen.
*6 Only when 'STARTING BYPASS' is selected for the 'BYPASS CONTROL' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen
the setpoint for 'STARTING BYPASS SV' becomes available.
*7 Only when 'HOT GAS BYPASS' is selected for the 'BYPASS CONTROL' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen the
setpoints for the 'HOT GAS BYPASS SV' become available.
The hot gas bypass solenoid valve turns ON when the following conditions are concurrently met during operation of the
compressor:
- The capacity <= the value set for 'SV ON LSV%' is kept for the time period set under 'SV ON DELAY (LSV %)'.
- The suction pressure <= the value set for 'SV ON SP' is kept for the period set under 'SV ON DELAY (SP)'.
The hot gas bypass solenoid valve turns OFF when the capacity becomes equal to or greater than the value set for 'SV OFF
LSV%'.
*8 Setpoints for the item in the ‘EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN’ are available only when ‘…W/ LEVEL SWITCH’ or '…W/ FLOAT
LEVEL SWITCH' is selected for the ‘EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN’ item in the ‘SYSTEM CONFIGURATION’ screen.

- 101 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.1.7 'HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL' Screen

The 'HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL' screen allows you to make
setpoint adjustments to control the high stage capacity control solenoid
valves. The PID loop available uses intermediate pressure (IP) as its
target to control.
(Use PID 10/16) (Direct-Action)
(HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL option is required.)
Items in 'HIGH STAGE CAPACITY CONTROL' Screen

Sub screen title Item Description
INTERMEDIATE PRESS. Process Value(PV) of the intermediate pressure (control target)
PID OUT(MV)% Manipulating value(MV) of the PID controller
H.SLIDE VALVE Current position of (high stage) capacity slide valve

MANUAL : It allows the user to manually operate the high stage capacity
HIGH STAGE control solenoid valve from the HMI. (LOAD, UNLOAD)
CAPACITY AUTO : The panel automatically calculates the PID output depending
CONTROL on the control targets above.
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
The panel will automatically revert back to [AUTO], if the CPU is reset
or the power is cycled. Even if [MANUAL] was previously selected.

It allows the user to set the dead a band to avoid chattering (ON/OFF of a solenoid
DEAD BAND± valves and etc.)
The PID is paused if the PV is in the range of SETPOINT ± DEAD BAND.
Controller proportional band SETPOINTs
PROPORTIONAL BAND time to converge, as the output may jump up and down aggressively. A bigger
number will adjust in smaller increments allowing it to converge through a longer
period of time.
INTEGRAL TIME time to converge, as the output may jump up and down aggressively. A bigger
HIGH STAGE number will adjust in smaller increments allowing it to converge through a longer
CAPACITY period of time.
CONTROL Controller derivative time SETPOINTs
(SETPOINTS)
DERIVATIVE TIME time to converge, as the output may jump up and down aggressively. A bigger
number will adjust in smaller increments allowing it to converge through a longer
period of time.
MANUAL RESET process variable and the target are equal to 0. The PID controller uses this value as the
MV OUT %.
dMV LIMIT The control SETPOINTs for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller MV.
MVL % Manipulating Value lower limit
MVH % Manipulating Value upper limit
Manipulating Value(high stage capacity) dead band
MV(HSV) DEAD BAND
See “Capacity control controller” for the detail.
* In the high side capacity control, the limiter function is not provided.

- 102 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.1.8 'ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER SV' Screen

The 'ECONOMIZER/ INTERCOOLER SV' screen allows you to control
YOSAKYU valves or Motorized Valves, using Intermediate superheat
(ISH) as the control target.
(ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER EXPANSION VALVE CONTROL
option is required.)
Items in' ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER CONTROL' Screen

Sub-title Item Description
INTER. SUPERHEAT Process value of the intermediate superheat (control target)
Manipulating value of the PID controller
PID OUT(MV)%
(The control starts after the Liquid supply SV has turned on)
MANUAL : It allows the user to manually operate the PID output from the
ECONO. HMI. (LOAD, UNLOAD)
EXP.VALVE AUTO : The panel automatically calculates the PID output depending
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
or the power is cycled. Even if [MANUAL] was previously selected.
DEAD BAND± Control target dead band

PROPORTIONAL BAND Controller proportional band SETPOINTs
INTEGRAL TIME Controller integral time SETPOINTs
DERIVATIVE TIME Controller derivative time SETPOINTs
ECONO. When the integral time and derivative time are both set to 0. And the error between the
EXP.VALVE
CONTROL MV OUT %.
(SETPOINTS) dMV LIMIT The control SETPOINTs for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller MV.
MVL %, MVH % Manipulating Value Lower limit , Upper limit
A positive value : The minimum time to reach 100%.
SLOW OPEN A negative value : Time to maintain 100%(not MVH%) at the start of the
controls.
CONTROL CYCLE YOSAKU Control cycle
SV ON LSV% or HSV% LSV% or HSV% to turn on (open) the economizer/intercooler liquid supply SV.
ECONOMIZER SV OFF LSV% or HSV% LSV% or HSV% to turn off (close) the economizer/intercooler liquid supply SV.
/INTERCOOLER
SV SV ON SP or IP SP or IP to turn on (open) the economizer/intercooler liquid supply SV.
SV OFF SP or IP SP or IP to turn off (close) economizer/intercooler liquid supply SV.
The window to the right becomes available at the top screen if you
select “no-sensor” for the Economizer option. The screen shown above
is not enabled because there is no expansion valve to control.

- 103 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.2.1 'LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL' Screen
The panel uses the discharge temperature (DT) or discharge

superheat (DSH) as the control target, to control YOSAKU valves or
MOTORIZED VALVES for 'LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL' or OIL
COOLER control.
(Use PID 07/16)
(LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL option is required.)
Items in 'LIQUID INJECTION OIL COOLING' Screen

Process values of discharge temperature or discharge superheat temperature
DT or DSH
(control target).
Manipulating value of the controller (Direct-Action)
PID OUT(MV)%
(The control starts after the Liquid supply SV has opened)
LIQUID HMI. (LOAD, UNLOAD)
INJECTION AUTO : The panel automatically calculates the PID output depending
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
or if the power is cycled. Even if [MANUAL] was previously selected.

MV OUT %.
LIQUID The control SETPOINTs for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller
dMV LIMIT
INJECTION manipulating value.
CONTROL MVL % Manipulating Value lower limit
(SETPOINTS) MVH % Manipulating Value upper limit
controls.
The control of YOSAKU expansion valve-2 begins when the manipulating
2ND YOSAKU START
value of the first YOSAKU expansion valve is more than this set value.
The control of YOSAKU expansion valve-2 stops when the manipulating value
2ND YOSAKU STOP
of the first YOSAKU expansion valve is below this set value.
LIQUID SV ON OT Oil feed temperature for liquid injection liquid supply SV turning on (open).
INJECTION SV * SV OFF OT Oil feed temperature for liquid injection liquid supply SV turning off (close).
* This item is only available when SYSTEM DETAILS -> LIQUID INJECTION = NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION.

- 104 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.2.2 'CONDENSER CONTROL' Screen

The 'CONDENSER CONTROL' screen allows you to control the
revolutions or steps of the condenser fan. The panel controls the
condenser outputs or an analog output, using local discharge pressure
(DP) or system discharge pressure (SDP) as the control target.
(Use PID 09/16 ) (Direct-Action)
(CONDENSER VFD or STEPS CONTROL option is required.)
Items in' CONDENSER CONTROL' Screen

LOCAL DIS. PRESS. Process value of local discharge pressure or system discharge pressure
SYSTEM DIS. PRESS. (control target)
SETPOINT SELECT Select SETPOINT#1 or #2.
SETPOINT of the control target
CONTROL SETPOINT
(The PID control starts once the target is > than START setpoint value)
PID OUT(MV)% Manipulating value of the controller (Direct-Action)
CONDENSER MANUAL : It allows the user to manually operate the PID output from the
CONTROL HMI. (LOAD, UNLOAD)
(MONITOR) AUTO : The panel automatically calculates the PID output depending
on the control targets above.
OPERATION
CAUTION
CONDENSER MANUAL RESET process variable and the target are equal to 0. The PID controller uses this value as the
CONTROL MV OUT %.
(SETPOINTS)
dMV LIMIT The control SETPOINTs for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller MV.
controls.
START #1 Starting pressure SETPOINT for the first step.
STOP Stopping pressure SETPOINT for the first step.
CONDENSER START #2 Starting pressure SETPOINT for the first and second steps.
CONTROL
(SETPOINTS)*1 STOP Stopping pressure SETPOINT for the first and second steps.
START #3 Starting pressure SETPOINT for three steps from first to third.
STOP Stopping pressure SETPOINT for three steps from first to third.
*1 The condenser steps are selected in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen.

- 105 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
The panel controls the condenser fan speed or condenser steps using the Discharge Pressure or System Discharge Pressure as
the control target. The control conditions for condenser control are displayed in this screen. (However, this function is not enabled
unless one of the following factory options are selected 'CONDENSER VFD CONTROL' (VFD ONLY, VFD + 2 STEPS, VFD + 3
STEPS, or VFD + 5 STEPS), 'CONDENSER 3 STEPS CONTROL', and 'CONDENSER 6 STEPS CONTROL'.)
This control works when you make selections for the three items in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen as follows.
- Select 'USE' for the 'CONDENSER CONTROL' item to enable this control.
- Select 'LOCAL' or 'SYSTEM DISCHARGE PRESSURE' for the 'CONDENSER CONTROL TARGET' item as the control
target.
- Select 'ON/OFF SINGLE SET' or 'ON/OFF MULTI SET' for the 'CONDENSER CONTROL METHOD' item as the control
method. (When 'ON/OFF SINGLE SET' is selected, the start/stop control is made using one set of start and stop values to
control the number of operating condenser fans or pumps. Selection of 'ON/OFF MULTI SET' allows using several steps for
the start/stop values for individual fans or pumps.
If 'VFD ONLY' is selected as the factory option, the step control for operating fans or pumps is not implemented, so 'ON/OFF
MULTI SET' is selected automatically with one step only.) (The control cycle is two seconds (fixed) for MULTI SET.)
The following examples show the 'CONDENSER CONTROL' screen displays for different options.
When 'VFD CONTROL ONLY' is selected.
'START' Set target for control start.

'STOP' Set target for control stop.
When 'ON/OFF SINGLE SET' is selected on the option “VFD + # STEPS CONTROL”.
'VFD LAG/VFD LEAD' Select VFD LAG (last ON) or LEAD

(first ON) for DO-25:Y18 channel.
Different control set value can also be
used for LAG and LEAD.
'START' Set target for control start.
'STOP' Set target for control stop.
'CYCLE TIME' Set cycle for checking whether to
increase or decrease the number of
units. (+ inc./dec. Confirmation time
(5sec fixed))
'RUN MINIMUM' Set minimum running step.
(Applicable for when Control Target
is 'SYSTEM DISCHARGE
PRESSURE')
0 : minimum 0 step
1 : minimum 1 step

- 106 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
When 'ON/OFF MULTI SET' is selected on the “VFD + # STEPS CONTROL”.
'SETPOINT SELECT' Select 'SETPOINT #1' or 'SETPOINT

#2' to use different preprogramed
setpoints configurations.
'START #1 to #6' Operating set pressure for each of
digital outputs DO-25 (Y18) to DO-30
(Y1D).
'STOP' Stopping set pressure for each of
(Y1D).
NOTE:
Depending on the enabled factory option, the 'START' and 'STOP'
set pressures displayed are different as follows:
Factory option 'START' and 'STOP' set pressures displayed
VFD ONLY #1
VFD + 2 STEPS #1 to #3
When 'ON/OFF SINGLE SET' is selected on the “3 STEPS” or “6 STEPS' CONTROL”.
'START' Set target to start the control.

'STOP' Set target to stop the control.
'CYCLE TIME' Set cycle for checking whether to
increase or decrease the number of
units. (+ inc./dec. Confirmation time
(5sec fixed))
'RUN MINIMUM' Set minimum running step.
(Only available when 'SYSTEM
DISCHARGE PRESSURE' is
selected as the target)
0 : minimum 0 step
1 : minimum 1 step
When 'ON/OFF MULTI SET' is selected on the “6 STEPS CONTROL”. '
'START #1 to #6' Pressure setpoint to turn on each

digital output DO-25 (Y18) to DO-30
(Y1D).
'STOP' Pressure setpoint to turn off each
(Y1D).
NOTE:
When “VFD 3 STEPS CONTROL” is selected,
'START' and 'STOP' SETPOINTs are displayed from #1 to #3.

- 107 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.2.3 'EXPANSION VALVE (SSH) CONTROL' Screen

The 'EXPANSION VALVE (Superheat) CONTROL' uses the suction
superheat (SSH), suction pressure (SP) or Chiller gas outlet
pressure1(CGP1), (Chiller leaving temperature (LBT)) as the target
control (uses the smallest of the three controller outputs).
The screen allows you to control outputs for YOSAKU expansion
valves or analog outputs to control motorized valves (Uses PID 03/16)
(Direct-Action) (CHILLER CONTROL option is required.)
The screen to the right is displayed when you select "2 MOTORIZED
CONTROL VALVE ". The controller allows you to control a second
suction superheat (SSH2), by controlling outputs for MOTORIZED
Expansion valve output (the first)
CONTROL VALVE2 or YOSAKU2 valves. (Uses PID 13/16)
Expansion valve output (the second)
(Direct-Action)
Items in 'EXPANSION VALVE (SSH) CONTROL' Screen

SUC. PRESS. or SUC. S.H. Process value of suction pressure or suction superheat (control target)
Manipulating value of the controller (Direct-Action)
PID OUT(MV)%
(The control starts after the Liquid Supply SV opens.)
SP LIMIT(MV)% Manipulating value (limiter) of the controller on SP or CGP1 (Reverse-Action)
LBT LIMIT(MV)% MV (limiter) of the controller on chiller leaving temperature (Direct-Action)
EXP. VALVE(SSH) MANUAL : It allows the user to manually operate the PID output from the
CONTROL HMI. (LOAD, UNLOAD)
(MONITOR) AUTO : The panel automatically calculates the PID output depending on
the control targets above.
OPERATION
CAUTION
EXP. VALVE(SSH) MANUAL RESET Controller manual reset SETPOINTs
CONTROL dMV LIMIT The control SETPOINTs for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller MV.
(SETPOINTS)
MVL % , MVH % Manipulating Value lower limit , upper limit
controls.
2ND LIQ. SUPPLY OFF LSV% SETPOINT of the low stage slide valve % to turn off the 2nd liquid supply SV
LIQUID SUPPLY 2ND LIQ. SUPPLY ON LSV% SETPOINT of the low stage slide valve % to turn on the 2nd liquid supply SV
CONTROL rd
(SETPOINTS) 3RD LIQ. SUPPLY OFF LSV% SETPOINT of the low stage slide valve % to turn off the 3 liquid supply SV
rd
3RD LIQ. SUPPLY ON LSV% SETPOINT of the low stage slide valve % to turn on the 3 liquid supply SV

- 108 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
LIQUID SUPPLY CONTROL
When NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION is selected in SYSTEM
DETAILS, a set of setpoints is displayed instead (as shown to the
right) to control the LIQUID SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVES.
For non-NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION) the liquid supply solenoid
valves turn ON when the compressor comes on and turns off when
the compressor turns OFF.
3.6.2.4 'EXPANSION VALVE (SP) CONTROL' Screen

The 'EXPANSION VALVE (Suction pressure) CONTROL uses SSH
and SP or chiller gas outlet pressure1(CGP1) as the target, to control
YOSAKU valves (pulsating valves) or motorized control valves.
(Use PID 04/16) (Reverse-Action)
(CHILLER CONTROL option
+ EXPANSION VALVE CONTROL SSH w/ SP Limit setting is
required.)
The screen to the right is displayed when you select "2 MOTORIZED
CONTROL VALVES". This screen allows the user to control the
expansion valve via analog outputs using the chiller gas outlet
pressure 2 (CGP2) as the target control.
(CHILLER CONTROL + 2 MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVES) option is
required)
3.6.2.5 'EXPANSION VALVE (LBT) CONTROL' Screen

'EXPANSION VALVE (Chiller Leaving temperature) CONTROL' uses
SSH and LBT as the target, to control YOSAKU valves (pulsating
valves) or motorized control valves.
(CHILLER CONTROL option
+ EXPANSION VALVE CONTROL SSH w/ LBT Limit setting is
required.)

- 109 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.3.1 'CHILLER LEAVING TEMP. CONTROL' Screen
'CHILLER LBT CONTROL' screen allows you to control the

chiller flow by analog outputs using chiller leaving temperature
as the target control.
(CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE CONTROL option is
required.)
Items in' CHILLER LBT CONTROL' Screen

CHILLER LEAVING TEMP. Process value of chiller leaving temperature (control target)
PID OUT(MV)% Manipulating value of the controller (Reverse-Action)
HMI. (LOAD, UNLOAD)
AUTO : The panel automatically calculates the PID output depending
LBT CONTROL
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
MV OUT %
The control SETPOINTs for the changing rate (%/second) of the controller
LBT CONTROL dMV LIMIT
manipulating value.
(SETPOINTS)
controls.
The compressor stays FULLY LOADED when the PID OUT(MV) % is below
100% LOAD ON MV this set value. (To try to maintain temperature at the chiller)
(ON MV setting value <= OFF MV setting value)

- 110 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
The compressor releases the FULLY LOADED flag when the PID OUT(MV) %
100% LOAD OFF MV is more than this set value.
(ON MV setting value <= OFF MV setting value)
3.6.3.2 'LEVEL CONTROL' Screen
The 'LEVEL CONTROL' screen allows you to control the chiller

liquid level through analog outputs using the chiller liquid level
(LVL) as the target control.
(Use PID 15/16)
(LEVEL CONTROL option is required.)
The user can select Direct-Action or the Reverse-Action in

SYSTEM CONFIG for the output relation to the PID output
percentage.
Items in 'LEVEL CONTROL' Screen

LEVEL Process value of chiller level (control target)

PID OUT(MV)% Manipulating value of the controller
HMI. (LOAD, UNLOAD)
AUTO : The panel automatically calculates the PID output depending
LEVEL CONTROL
(MONITOR)
OPERATION
CAUTION
LEVEL CONTROL
MV OUT %
(SETPOINTS)
dMV LIMIT The control SETPOINTs for the changing rate (%/second)of the controller MV.
MVL % Manipulating value lower limit
MVH % Manipulating value upper limit
controls.

- 111 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN

- 112 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.3.3 'AUTO STAGE' Screen

This screen allows you to make parameter settings concerning the 'AUTO STAGE' control (an optional function that automatically
increase or decrease the number of working screw compressor units in the system according to load and other conditions).
MYPRO TOUCH + Configuration for 'AUTO STAGE' Control

The 'AUTO STAGE' control involves multiple MYPRO TOUCH + panels that are inter-connected through the standard feature
communication port (CPU-COM2) on each MYPRO TOUCH. One of these MYPRO TOUCH is assigned as the “master station”
and the others to the “slave stations”.
The master station determines compressor units to be operated in AUTO mode or MANUAL mode.
In AUTO mode, the priority is determined according to the operation time (the station having the shortest run time is given the top
priority). MANUAL mode is the mode where the priority is determined according to the pre-established listing of station
addresses. The master station then sends a start command and capacity-control commands to the slave stations, in the
determined order.
Starting Control
The master station issues a start/operation command to the slave station of the highest priority if a pressure or temperature in its
own compressor unit exceeds the corresponding target setting.
Control to Increase the Number of Operating Units
The slave station that has received the operation command from the master station starts operating its compressor unit. The
slave station then uses the master station's capacity control values and the pressure/temperature data. The slave station
receives this data continuously from the master station as its own capacity control values and process values to make capacity
control (normal capacity control) of its compressor unit.
When the capacity of the compressor at the first slave in operation reaches the value set for its capacity control upper limit
(“manipulating value high limit” (MVH%)), the master station sends a capacity lock command to this machine then issues a start
command to the slave station that is next in order.
Likewise, the number of working compressor units is increased as conditions are met one by one subsequently.
Consequently, only the slave station that has last received a start command continues the capacity control according to the
varying value data from the master station (trims the capacity), while the capacity control values of all the other slave stations
stay fixed at their maximum MVH% value.
Control to Decrease the Number of Operating Units

When the capacity of the last unit in the order (or the lowest-priority slave) station reaches a slide valve position that is <=MVL%
(Low Manipulating Value %), the master station cancels the 100% lock command that was sent to the unit one before. Then the
master station instead permits this unit to perform regular capacity control or continue to unload the capacity of its compressor.
When the compressor that was just released from its 100% lock condition continues to unload, and its slide valve position
reaches below the percentage value in 'SV HOLD PREVIOUS', the master station stops the next lower priority station (the last
slave that was idling).
Likewise, the number of working compressor units is decreased one
by one subsequently as conditions are met.
Control for Stopping All Units

The master station sends a stop command to all slave stations When
the temperature or the pressure goes below the CUT OUT setpoint.
The screen to the right shows a sample of the AUTO STAGER screen.
NOTE : In the following table, *M, *S, and *A indicate the following:
*M: Selection or setting is enabled only on the master station. On a slave station, the relevant item is only displayed.
*S: Selection or setting is enabled only on a slave station. On the master station, the relevant item is only displayed.
*A: Selection or setting is enabled on both the master and slave stations.

- 113 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Items in' AUTO STAGE' Screen

Sub-screen
Item Description
title
Set the communication address of the master/slave station. (This setting can be changed when
'DISABLE' is selected for the 'CONTROL' item below.)
ADDRESS *A
0: No AUTO STAGE control is implemented at any station.
(Communications address)
1: The station with the address 1 assigned becomes the master station.
2 to 99: The station with any of these numbers assigned becomes a slave station.
DISABLE : AUTO STAGE control is disabled.

CONTROL *A
ENABLE : AUTO STAGE control is enabled. (When this option is selected, the settings for some
(AUTO STAGE control)
of the related items become unchangeable.)
Select either of the following options as the mode used for determining the starting priorities of
compressor units.
MANUAL: Order is fixed as inserted in the 'LIST ADDRESS' on the line below the
LEAD LISTING *M priority numbers on the 'LIST (MANUAL)' line.
(Starting priorities) AUTO (VFD LAG): Different priorities are automatically given to different stations according
to their run times . However, the VFD compressor starts at the end.
AUTO (VFD PRIOR): Different priorities are automatically given to different stations according
to their operation times. However, the VFD compressor starts first.
LIST (MANUAL) This line displays the starting priority numbers used when 'MANUAL' is selected for the 'LEAD
(Display of starting priorities) LISTING' item in the above.
LIST ADDRESS *M When 'MANUAL' is selected for the 'LEAD LISTING' item above, this line will represent the run
(Setting starting priorities) order for all the machines.
This item normally displays the start (CUT IN) SETPOINT of the compressor unit controlled by the
master station. (Either a pressure or temperature value is displayed according to the setting for
CUT IN SETPOINT
the 'CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN / CUT OUT)' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen.
(Setting starting values)
The SETPOINT displayed here is the one set on the master station using the 'SETPOINT' screen.
The slaves uses the value from the master.
AUTO
STAGE DELAY *M Set the delay before one additional slave is started after the CUT IN / CUT OUT control target has
(Delay before start of an exceeded the CUT IN SETPOINT. The slave station uses the data sent from the master for this
additional compressor unit) item.
This item normally displays the capacity control setting of the compressor unit controlled by the
master station. (Either a pressure or a temperature value depending on the setting for the
CONTROL SETPOINT
'CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY CONTROL)' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen.
(Capacity control set values)
The SETPOINT displayed here is the one set on the master station using the 'SETPOINT' screen
and the 'SCHEDULER' screen. The slave station uses the value sent by the master.
TARGET This item shows the process value of pressure or temperature according to the control target
(Process value of control selected on the master station for the 'CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY CONTROL)' item in the
target) 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen.
This item normally displays the stopping (CUT OUT) SETPOINT of the compressor unit
controlled by the master station. (Either a pressure or a temperature value is displayed according
CUT OUT SETPOINT 1 to the setting for the 'CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN / CUT OUT)' item in the 'SYSTEM
(Displaying stop set values) CONFIGURATION' screen).
The setpoint displayed here is the one set on the master station using the 'SETPOINT' screen
and the 'SCHEDULER' screen. The slave station uses the value sent by the master.
CUT OUT SETPOINT 2d Setpoint that determines if the master should decrease the number of the compressors in staging.
(Decreasing unit set values) This setpoint is a negative value. (-20 - 0% of the range) Read Delay 2d description below.
DELAY 1 *M Set the delay before stopping all slave stations after the control target has dropped below the
(Setting stop delay time) CUT IN / CUT OUT1 setpoint.
DELAY 2d *M Set the delay before determining to decrease the number of compressors, after the control target
(Decreasing unit delay time) has dropped below "the CUT OUT SETPOINT 1 + CUT OUT SETPOINT 2d" value.
INTERVAL *M The interval time to decrease the number of running compressors when the master station is set
(Decreasing unit interval) to 'AUTO STAGE COMM' or 'AUTO STAGE REMOTE'.

- 114 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Sub-screen
Item Description
title
Either 'PRESSURE' or 'TEMPERATURE' is displayed (master station) or selected (slave

CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL *S stations).
(Start-stop The display on the master station for this item shows 'PRESSURE' or 'TEMPERATURE'
Pressure/temperature display according the selection made in the 'CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN / OUT)' item in the 'SYSTEM
and selection CONFIGURATION' screen.
for CUT IN and CUT OUT On slave stations, select 'PRESSURE' or 'TEMPERATURE' whichever is the same as the
values) selection the display on the master station. If the selection made on a slave station is different
from (that) on the master station, incorrect CUT IN and CUT OUT SETPOINTs will be displayed.
On the master station, the display for this item shows 'PRESSURE' or 'TEMPERATURE'
according to the selection made in the 'CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY CONTROL)' item in the
CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL *S
'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen.
(Pressure/temperature
On slave stations, select 'PRESSURE' or 'TEMPERATURE' whichever is the same as the
display and selection for
selection on the master station. If the selection made on a slave station is different from that on
compressor capacity control
the master station, incorrect capacity control SETPOINTs will be displayed. If 'USER DEFINED' is
values)
selected for the 'REFRIGERANT' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen, this item is for
display only.
This item becomes available in the slave station.

when ‘TEMPERATURE’ is selected for the ‘CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY CONTROL)’ item
in the ‘SYSTEM CONFIGURATION’ screen for the master station, and 'TEMPERATURE' is
selected for either the 'CUT IN or CUT OUT in the 'AUTO STAGE' screen at the slave station.
This is a set value of the difference in temperature that each slave station maintains.
difference in temperature
= Saturation temp. of suction pressure in the slave station – Temp. of control target in the master
station
AUTO When 'CUT IN/OUT target' is 'TEMPERATURE',

STAGE If the AUTO STAGE communication is interrupted,
at the slave station, the value at APPROACH dT is added to ‘CUT IN/OUT SETPOINT’
(continued) temperature values that were last received from the master.
APPROACH dT *S
The value is then converted into pressure by using the saturation temperature as a
reference point.
These new values are used as the new setpoints and the panel continues to control the
compressor.
When 'CAPACITY CONTROL target' is 'TEMPERATURE',
in the slave station, APPROACH dT is added to ‘CAPACITY CONTROL SETPOINT’
temperature value that was last received from the master station.
The value is used at saturation temperature, and it is converted into pressure.
This new value is used as the ‘CAPACITY CONTROL SETPOINT’at the slave station.
When there is no communication error in AUTO STAGE,

start/stop is controlled by the master station.
'CUT IN/OUT' value displayed at the slave stations are for display only.
(These values are constantly written/received from the master.)
Set the capacity % to maintain the next compressor idling (when the compressors are unloading).
EXAMPLE: if compressor #3 has just unloaded to MVL% and is idling at this unloaded state.
Eventually compressor #2 starts to unload, once the capacity at compressor #2 reaches the SV
SV HOLD PREVIOUS *A
HOLD PREVIOUS % the master turns off compressor #3 and continues to unload #2.
Any setting is unacceptable if it exceeds the valve of the percentage set for MVH%-5.0% in
'CAPACITY RAMP CONTROL'.
LEAD
This item displays the starting priority in an ascending order, beginning with 1 at the top.
(Starting priority)
MONITOR LIST This item displays the communication addresses of the stations corresponding to the starting
(state display) (Comm. address list) priority numbers assigned.
LOAD% This item displays the current capacity of the compressor controlled by each station both
(compressor capacity) numerically and in the form of a bar graph.

- 115 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Sub-screen
Item Description
title
This item displays the following states of each compressor
UNKNOWN : Slave station which is not registered or does not respond to master station
STOPPED : Stopped, ANTI CYCLE : Stopped with restart restricted
AUTO STOP : Automatically stopped, PRE CUT IN : Comp. in preparation for start
PRE SYSTEM : System in preparation for start, PRE START : In preparation for start
STATE START : Started, RUN : Running
PRE CUT OUT : Comp. in preparation for stopping, PUMP OUT : pump-out in progress
RUN MVH : Run with capacity at upper limit, RUN MVL : Run with capacity at lower
limit
RUN UNDER HOLD : Capacity below stop setpoint, READY TO RUN : Preparing to start,
READY TO STOP : Preparing for stop, FAILURE : FAILURE occurred
This item displays the request of each station using the following words.
REQUEST *M STOP : compressor stop, PID : capacity control
MVH : keep MVH%, MVL : keep MVL%
Displays the current operation control mode of each station.
UNKNOWN : Slave station which is not registered or does not respond to the master
MODE
station
(Operation command)
STAGE-OFF : Operation command from master station is OFF
STAGE-ON : Operation command from master station is ON
RUN TIME HRS
It displays the run time of the compressor unit controlled by each station.
(Operation time count)
Selection of Pressure or Temperature Values as Control Targets for Start/Stop Control ('CUT IN/OUT &
CONTROL') and Capacity Control ('CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL')
To implement the AUTO STAGE control, you should use either pressure values or temperature values as the control targets for
both start/stop (CUT IN / CUT OUT) control and capacity control. Using pressure or temperature values as the target values is
determined depending on the combination of the selections you make for the following four items in both the 'SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION' screen and the 'AUTO STAGE' screen:
- Selection for the 'CONTROL TARGET (CUT IN/OUT)' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen.
- Selection for the 'CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY CONTROL)' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen.
- On slave stations, selection of the 'CUT IN/OUT' for 'CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL' item in the 'AUTO STAGE' screen.
- On slave stations, selection of the 'CONTROL' for 'CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL' item in the 'AUTO STAGE' screen.
a. When pressure values are used for the start/stop (CUT IN/OUT) control:
Select 'LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE' or 'SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE' on the master station as follows.
Selection Item Selection on Master Station Selection on Slave Station
'LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE'
The 'CONTROL TARGET 'LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE' (When 'DISABLE' is selected

(CUT IN/OUT)' item or for 'AUTO STAGE' -> 'CONTROL',
in the 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screen 'SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE' The compressor starts/stops by the automatic
operation using the local suction pressure of the
slave station.)
The 'CUT IN/OUT' section

'PRESSURE' 'PRESSURE' must be selected
of the 'CUT IN/OUT & CONTROL' item
is automatically selected. to match with the selection on the master station.
in the 'AUTO STAGE' screen
'APPROACH dT'
in the 'AUTO STAGE' screen Unchangeable Not used for control
(refer to the NOTE)

- 116 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
b. When temperature values are used for the start/stop (CUT IN/OUT) control:
Select 'CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE' or 'CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE' on the master station. (Slave
stations have no CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE and CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE sensors.)
The 'CONTROL TARGET 'CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE' (When 'DISABLE' is selected

(CUT IN/OUT)' item or for 'AUTO STAGE' -> 'CONTROL',
in the 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screen 'CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE' The compressor starts/stops by the automatic
operation using the local suction pressure of the
slave station.)
The 'CUT IN/OUT' section

'TEMPERATURE' 'TEMPERATURE' must be selected
'APPROACH dT'
in the 'AUTO STAGE' screen Unchangeable Any temperature set value (negative value)
(refer to the NOTE)
NOTE:
If the automatic staging control on a slave station becomes invalid due to interruptions in communication, the automatic start/stop control is
continued using the saturation pressure value derived from the following two equations as the setpoint for the 'LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE'.
['CUT IN SETPOINT' temperature setting written last by the master station] + ['APPROACH dT' value]
And
['CUT OUT SETPOINT' temperature setting written last by the master station] + ['APPROACH dT' value]
Therefore, you should enter an appropriate negative value. Any negative value can be input if it is within ±20 % of the measureable range of the
temperature sensor. (Normally, a temperature sensor measurable of temperatures between -50.0 and +50.0 °C (i.e. 100 °C in range) is used. So
a temperature between -20 to +20.0 °C can be set as the 'APPROACH dT' value.)

- 117 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
c. When pressure values are used for the capacity control:

Select 'LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE' or 'SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE' on the master station as follows.

The 'CONTROL TARGET 'LOCAL SUCTION PRESSURE'
(When 'DISABLE' is selected
(CAPACITY CONTROL)' item or
for 'AUTO STAGE' -> 'CONTROL',
in the 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screen 'SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE'
The capacity of the compressor is controlled using
the local suction pressure of the slave station.)
The 'CONTROL' side

'PRESSURE' 'PRESSURE' must be selected
APPROACH dT
in the 'AUTO STAGE' screen Unchangeable Not used for the control.
(refer to the NOTE)
d. When temperature values are used for the capacity control:

Select 'CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE'. (Slave stations have no chiller leaving temperature sensors.)

The 'CONTROL TARGET
(When 'DISABLE' is selected
(CAPACITY CONTROL)' item 'CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE'
for 'AUTO STAGE' -> 'CONTROL',
in the 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screen
The capacity of the compressor is controlled using
the local suction pressure of the slave station.)
The 'CONTROL' side

'TEMPERATURE' 'TEMPERATURE' must be selected
'APPROACH dT'
in the 'AUTO STAGE' screen Unchangeable Any temperature set value (negative value)
(refer to the NOTE)
NOTE:
If the automatic staging control on a slave station becomes invalid due communication disturbances, the capacity control is
performed using the saturation pressure value derived from the following equation as the set values for the 'LOCAL SUCTION
PRESSURE'.
['CONTROL SETPOINT' temperature setting written last by the master station] + ['APPROACH dT' value]
Therefore, you should enter an appropriate negative value. Any negative value can be input if it is within ±20% of the “range”.
The “range” here means the measurable range of the temperature sensor selected for the 'CONTROL TARGET (CAPACITY
CONTROL)' item in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION' screen. (Normally, a temperature sensor of a measurable range of
between -50.0 to +50.0 °C (i.e. the range is in 100 °C) is used. So a temperature between -20 to +20.0 °C can be set as the
'APPROACH dT' value.)
Refer to 5.4 AUTO STAGE control. For an explanation on AUTO STAGE.

- 118 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.3.4 'COMMUNICATION SETUP' Screen

'COMMUNICATION SETUP' screen allows you to make all
necessary settings for each communication port.
'COMMUNICATION SETUP – MYPRO TOUCH CPU – COM2' Screen

Item Description
Select 'START' to make communications active for the RS port. Select 'STOP' to deactivate communications for
COMMUNICATION the port.
ADDRESS Enter the station address number (0 to 99) for each MYPRO TOUCH+ in the communication network.
RATE Select a baud rate from among the options

: 300, 600, 1,200, 2,400, 4,800, 9,600, 19,200, 38,400, 57,600, and 115,200 bps
(Data transmission NOTE: Determine the baud rate so that the total of the baud rates for all communication ports of one MYPRO
speed) TOUCH does not exceed 192,000 bps.
FORMAT Select a desired combination of character format specifications to apply to the communications established.
(Communication You can select one from a total of 12 combination options:
character format) Data length: 7 or 8 bits, Parity check: None, Odd, or Even, Stop bit: 1 or 2 bits
Selecting this protocol allows the external communication device to read/write data
MODBUS RTU from/into the devices of the MYPRO TOUCH+ using MODBUS RTU (binary data)
protocol.
Selecting this protocol allows the external communication device to read/write data
PROTOCOL MODBUS ASCII from/into the devices of the MYPRO TOUCH+ using MODBUS ASCII (ASCII data)
protocol.
The communication protocol specially used for the optional automatic staging control
AUTO STAGE
(AUTO STAGE).
This item is for setting the delay time until a response is sent from the MYPRO TOUCH+ after it has received a
RESPONSE
command from the communication master station (remote PC).
(Response delay) (Delay time between 0 and 100 at 10 millisecond increments.)
Error count setpoints of master station to determine a communication failure with a slave station.
ERROR COUNT Setting range is 20 to 1800, Initial value 20
'COMMUNICATION SETUP – MYPRO TOUCH HMI – ETHERNET PORT' Screen

Item Description
PROTOCOL SELECT Select the device or protocol you will use for communication.
SLAVE NUMBER Set the MYPRO TOUCH+ slave number.
ENABLE When all other selections are made, press the device name to start communication.
EXTERNAL DEVICE
Insert IP address of the master station the MYPRO TOUCH+ will be communicating to.
IP ADDRESS
MYPRO COMM
Flashes every 2 seconds when the MYPRO TOUCH+ internal driver function is running properly.
HEALTH
The slave number will flash every 2 seconds to indicate the internal driver function for that slave is
SLAVE ID
working properly.

- 119 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.6.3.5 'VFD SETUP'
This setup is to convert the control output into revolutions or frequency

for displaying purposes. This is available for condenser VFD or
compressor VFD control.
(VFD COMPRESSOR option

or CONDENSER VFD CONTROL option is required .)
A control screen that is related to these settings (such as the VFD

compressor screen) offers an access button to open the window
shown to the right.
For the 'COMPRESSOR VFD CONTROL' or 'CONDENSER VFD CONTROL' item, select 'REVOLUTION' ('rpm') or 'FREQUENCY'
('Hz') to decide the revolutions scale or the frequency scale, respectively.
Under 'MV0% - 100%', set the revolutions or frequency values that correspond to the 0 % and 100 % revolutions control outputs
(MV = manipulating value).
Items in 'VFD SETUP' screen

Display contents
COMPRESSOR REVOLUTION : [rpm]
VFD CONTROL REVOLUTION FREQUENCY : [Hz]
or
CONDENSER The display on other screens will be displayed according to these settings.
VFD CONTROL MV 0% Numerical value displayed when MV 0% (minimum rotational speed etc.)
MV 100% Numerical value displayed when MV 100% (Maximum rotational speed etc.)

- 120 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.7 System Status and Monitoring
3.7.1.1 'TREND GRAPH' Screen
The trend graph screen can be access from the MENU1 by touching
the GRAPH icon (shown to the right). This will load a graphical
representation of user selected AI.
3.7.1.2 'HISTORICAL TREND GRAPH' Screen

'TREND GRAPH' screen allows the user to check current and past
operating data in a graphical form.
The panel takes up to 20000 samples and as a default it displays a
5 minute range (it can be zoomed in or out by the user) and
requests 500 samples to be displayed on the graph. This means
that if there are not enough samples taken by the panel it may not
display that line until the sample count needed is collected.
The panel offers user friendly controls to allow the user to zoom in or out of the graph. Also it
offers a RESET button in case you have zoomed in or zoomed out to far to get it back to the
default settings of 5 minute range on the X axis. Also the panel allows you to modify the
UPPER and LOWER limit ranges. Since each sensor may have a different sensor range this
allows the user to adjust the range to fit their sensor selections.
The panel also allows the user to select the desired sensor to be displayed on each graphical
screen. The panel offers 3 pages of graphical screen and each page allows the user to select
up to 5 sensors that they wish to be displayed. Simply touch the sensor ID area to bring up the
pop up selection menu below. Then select the sensor value that you wish to be displayed on
the graph. Note that if the panel has been recording a different sensor on a buffer, and you
have just assigned a new analog value to it. The older values are not representative of this
new analog value that has been assigned to this particular buffer. Hence is recommended that
you select and set the sensor values that you wish to display on each page prior to starting the
operations and do not change them after.

- 121 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Changing pen colors for the graphical screen.
The MYPRO TOUCH+ allows the user to change
the pen colors for easier identification of the
analog values on the graph.
Simply touch the marker colors to the right of the
CURSOR VALUE display. This will bring up the
window shown to the right.
CAUTION
Always make sure to change and set the time before starting to collect data. If the time needs to be change
please understand that the data collected prior to that moment are all collected under the old time.
Also ensure to select the AI data that is wished to be recorded prior to starting the operations. If the AI
values are changed frequently the data collected before in that buffer is not representative of the new AI
selected. If not monitored and supervised properly, you can end up with more than 1 value of AI data in one
buffer. Making the buffer values unreliable.

- 122 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.7.2 System Monitoring
3.7.2.1 'INFORMATION' Window
The 'INFORMATION' screen allows the user to get basic information of

the panel. Such as the program version, the JOB ID or Unit Number,
and the IP address of the panel.
From this window the IP address and Software Version are read only,
however the JOB ID and UNIT ID can be programmed by the user.
This information will then be used at the TOP screen for easier
identification of the machine or on PDF reports created by the
OPERATOR.
3.7.2.3 'SYSTEM DETAILS' Screen

This screen is same as 3.3.2 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screen, however, it
does not allow the user to change settings. It’s strictly for monitoring
purposes only.

- 123 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.7.2.4 'COUNTER' Screen
This window displays the accumulated operation hours of the

compressor and the operation counts of the YOSAKU expansion
valves. (This screen is read only.)
These data helps determine the replacement time and overhaul time of
each device.
Items in' DEVICE COUNTER MONITOR' Screen

Item Description
COMPRESSOR START/STOP Displays the number of times the compressor was started (from the
(Compressor operation frequency) non-operating state).
COMPRESSOR RUN TIME Displays the operating hours of the compressor
COMPRESSOR TOTAL RUN TIME Displays the total operating hours of the compressor
CHILLER YOSAKU Displays the number of times the chiller YOSAKU expansion valve was
(Chiller YOSAKU actuation frequency) operated. (Option)
ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER YOSAKU
Displays the number of times the economizer/intercooler YOSAKU expansion
(Economizer/intercooler YOSAKU
valve was operated. (Option)
actuation frequency)
LIQUID INJECTION YOSAKU-1

Displays the number of times the liquid injection YOSAKU-1 expansion valve
(Liquid injection YOSAKU-1
was operated. (Option)
IQUID INJECTION YOSAKU-2

Displays the number of times the liquid injection YOSAKU-2 expansion valve
(Liquid injection YOSAKU-2
was operated. (Option)
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN Displays the number of times the Evaporator oil return was operated. (Option)

- 124 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
3.7.2.5 'ASSIGNMENT' Screen
The 'AI/O LIST' screen allows to check the assignment of

inputs/outputs which are currently used in the MYPRO TOUCH+
It shows the scaled value of the sensor, but also shows the raw value of
the reading. (0~4095) which must keep a linear relationship with the
range of each sensor. This can server as a great tool for
troubleshooting when a sensor reading is suspected to be bad.
The analog outputs can be selected from this screen as well.

Touch the title of the analog output that wished to me changed or
assigned.
This will display the ANALOG OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT window.
Using a simple dropdown menu style combo boxes. Select the Analog outputs Selection display button
analog output and the direction of the output.
The MYPRO TOUCH+ is forward compatible with the MYPRO TOUCH.

If you remember the codes, or are used to the code systems of the
MYPRO TOUCH panel. Simply touch the code number displayed at
the top of the combo box to bring up the keypad. For a full list of the AO
codes please visit the MYPRO TOUCH IOM.

- 125 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Chapter 4 : Operation
4.1 Compressor unit operation control
4.1.1 Start/Stop Control in Different Operation Control Modes

The start/stop control of the compressor unit varies according to the selection made for the 'OPERATION MODE'.
'LOCAL': The START / STOP switch on the touch panel is used to start/stop the compressor unit.
'REMOTE': The start/stop of the compressor unit is controlled by the ON/OFF command at DI-16 received from an
external device.
'COMM': The start/stop of the compressor is controlled through communication ON/OFF command
(000513:Comm.Comp Start Input).
'AUTO STAGE': Each machine in the auto staging network is started or stopped by the master machine.
a. Start/stop control in 'LOCAL' mode

Start:
- Touch the START button on the MYPRO TOUCH+ HMI for one second or longer to start the compressor. Ensure there is
no active alarm.
- If the chiller pump is selected as an option, the chiller pump operation command at DO-20 turns ON.
- When 'AUTO START/STOP -> YES', if the Control Target Process Value is greater than the CUT IN value the panel
counts down the 'CUT IN DELAY' time. (The panel "AUTO STOPS" if PV drops below the CUT OUT value)
- The 'SYSTEM START DELAY' time is then count down and the system is started after this time has elapsed.
- After the system starts, the Auxiliary operation command at DO-18 or 25 turns ON.
- (If there is an oil pump.)The oil pump operation command at DO-02 turns ON after the delay at the 'OIL P. START DELAY'
time is counted down.
(For PARTIAL LUBE) The oil pump will stop in one minute after the compressor runs (after DI-12 MSRB turns on).
*1
- After the start of the oil pump, the panel tries to confirm the following two points within the 'COMP. START DELAY' time :
- The oil supply differential pressure is larger than the setting for 'LOW dOP' alarm (for the 'LOW dOP MASK TIME').
- The compressor's capacity does not exceed 5 %.
- The compressor motor operation command at DO-01 (Y00) turns ON.
- The compressor motor starts and the compressor operation confirmation input at DI-12 (X0B) turns ON to complete the
compressor start sequence.
Stop:
- Touch the STOP button on the touch panel of the MYPRO TOUCH for one second or longer.
The pump-out sequence starts as soon as the STOP switch is touched while the compressor is in operation. The
compressor capacity (or rotational speed) is set to the PUMP OUT -> PERCENTAGE', and maintained during the pump-out
operation.
- The pump out runs for at least the time specified under the 'PUMP OUT MINIMUM DELAY'. The pump out sequence is
stopped after the 'PUMP OUT MAXIMUM DELAY' time expires, or after the suction pressure has dropped below the 'PUMP
OUT PRESS' setpoint.
- After the pump out ends,
If CAPACITY 0% STOP = YES,
The panel tries to unload the slide valve while keeping the compressor run output DO-01 (Y00) on for the time specified
under RESIDUAL OPERATION, to try to decrease the compressor below 5% or less.
If CAPACITY 0% STOP = NO,

The compressor stops and the capacity is not reduced.

- 126 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
- After the pump out operation described above ends, the compressor operation command at DO-01(Y00) is turned OFF to
complete the compressor stop control sequence.
At this time, the following three types of oil pump residual operation can occur.
1. Residual operation to unload the slide valve position. [RESIDUAL OPERATION]
2. Residual operation to protect the pump from turning on the opposite direction. [PUMP OUT ->OIL P. STOP
DELAY]
3. Residual operation for seal protection [SEAL PROTECTION]
If the residual operation is not selected, or if it’s regular function has ended. The oil pump operation command
DO-02(Y01) is turned off.
Needed options to be selected for oil pump residual operation

- SYSTEM CONFIG. -> OIL FEED TYPE = FULL LUBE / PRE LUBE / PARTIAL LUBE / AUTO LUBE
- SETPOINTS -> PUMP OUT -> RESIDUAL OPERATION [sec] (The residual operation is not done for 0[sec].)
- SETPOINTS -> PUMP OUT -> CAPACITY 0% STOP = YES / NO
- SETPOINTS -> PUMP OUT -> OIL P. STOP[sec] (The residual operation is not done for 0[sec].)
- OTHER SETPOINTS -> SEAL PROTECTION -> COMP. STOP = ENABLE / DISABLE
- OTHER SETPOINTS -> SEAL PROTECTION -> OIL PUMP DELAY[sec]
(The residual operation is not done for 0[sec].)
OIL FEED TYPE PARTIAL LUBE AUTO LUBE

FULL LUBE PRE LUBE
(only at start) (on dP judgment)
SEAL CAPAITY OIL P.STOP DELAY OIL P. STOP DELAY OIL P. STOP DELAY OIL P. STOP DELAY
PROTECTION 0%
-> COMP. STOP STOP Not 0[sec] 0[sec] Not 0[sec] 0[sec] Not 0[sec] 0[sec] Not 0[sec] 0[sec]
*1 *1 *1
Residual for Seal Residual for Seal Residual for Seal
YES --- ---
Operation Protection Operation Protection Operation Protection
ENABLE
*2 *2
Residual for Capacity Residual for Capacity *2 Residual for Capacity
NO --- ---
Operation Decrease Operation Decrease Operation Decrease
for inertia
YES rotation Not Work --- --- Not Work Not Work Not Work Not Work
Protection
DISABLE
*2 *2 *2
Residual for Capacity Residual for Seal Residual for Capacity
NO --- ---
Operation Decrease Operation Protection Operation Decrease
When the oil pump has stopped for PARTIAL LUBE or AUTO LUBE,
the residual operation is done after the OILP DO-02(Y01) is turned on.
*1 Residual operation is performed for the specified time "for Seal protection" or "for Inertia rotation protection".
When 'OIL PUMP DELAY > OIL P. STOP', for Seal protection
When 'OIL PUMP DELAY < OIL P. STOP', for Inertia rotation protection
*2 Residual operation is performed "to decrease compressor capacity" or "for Inertia rotation protection".
When 'RESIDUAL OPERATION > OIL P. STOP', to decrease the compressor capacity
When 'RESIDUAL OPERATION < OIL P. STOP', for Inertia rotation protection
* Each setpoint can be set to 0sec. In that case, Residual operation will not work.
* When the compressor stops by FAILURE, Residual operation does not work.
* When OIL PUMP -> W/ 2-OIL PUMPS and when the OIL FEED TYPE is set to FULL LUBE the residual operation is
performed with the pump that was last running when the compressor stops. (This is common for 'Capacity Decrease
Operation', 'Inertia rotation protection', and 'Seal Protection'.)

- 127 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
b. Start/stop control in 'REMOTE' mode

- The compressor is started and stopped according to the ON/OFF command at DI-16 (X0F) from an external device.
c. Start/stop control in 'COMM' mode

- The compressor is started and stopped according to the ON/OFF command written to (000513 : Comm. Comp. Start Input)
transmitted through communication. (from a supervisory system)
d. Start/stop control in 'AUTO STAGE' mode

- The master station makes the decisions on which compressors to use in the network, and starts and stops compressors at
its discernment. The commands are transmitted to each slave station through communications.
CAUTION
compressor is running it will stop after the pump out process ends (if applicable). Then remain at its stopped
state.
button.

2. Select 'ENABLE' for the 'CONTROL' item in the screen.

- 128 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
4.2 Input/Output
4.2.1 Analog Input

Channel No. Symbol Analog Input Item Name
Suction Pressure
AI-01 SP
Always
Discharge Pressure
AI-02 DP
Always
Oil Supply Pressure
AI-03 OP
Always
STANDARD ANALOG INPUT BOARD
After Filter Pressure

AFP
Assigned as AFP, when dFP Calculation = DP – AFP is selected.
AI-04
Before Filter Pressure
BFP
MT-AI-02
Assigned as BFP, when dFP Calculation = BFP – OP is selected.

Suction Temperature
AI-05 ST
Always
Discharge Temperature
AI-06 DT
Always
Oil Temperature
AI-07 OT
Always
Oil Separator Temperature
OS
Assigned as OS, when I/O PLATFORM -> NORTH AMERICA, Oil Separator Temperature -> Yes is selected.
AI-08
After Fine Filter Pressure
AFFP
Assigned as AFFP, when I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE, After Fine Filter Pressure -> Yes is selected.
Intermediate Pressure
AI-09 IP Assigned as IP, When Compressor -> SINGLE Economizer w/ Sensor or SINGLE J Economizer w/ Sensor
or FM160 Economizer w/ Sensor or Compound-1 or Compound-2 is selected.
Intermediate Temperature
AI-10 IT Assigned as IT, When Compressor -> SINGLE Economizer w/ Sensor or SINGLE J Economizer w/ Sensor
or FM160 Economizer w/ Sensor or Compound-1 or Compound-2 is selected.
System Discharge Pressure

SDP Assigned as SDP, When Level Control -> Not Use,
STANDARD ANALOG INPUT BOARD
Condenser Control -> Use, Condenser Control Target -> System Discharge Pressure
AI-11 or Control Target(Capacity) -> System Discharge Pressure is selected.
Chiller Level
LVL
Assigned as LVL, when Level Control -> Use is selected.
MT-AI-02
Motor Ampere
AI-12 MA
Always
Chiller Entering Temperature
EBT
Assigned as EBT, when Chiller Entering Temperature Sensor -> Yes is selected.
AI-13 Before Filter Pressure
BFP Assigned as BFP, when AI-13 is "Not Use" and dFP Calculation = DP-AFP & BFP-OP is selected.
dFP2(AI-79) = BFP-OP
Chiller Leaving Temperature

LBT
Assigned as LBT, when Chiller Leaving Temperature Sensor -> Yes is selected.
AI-14 Before Filter Pressure
BFP Assigned as BFP, when AI-14 is "Not Use" and dFP Calculation = DP-AFP & BFP-OP is selected.
dFP2(AI-79) = BFP-OP
Low Stage Slide Valve Position
AI-15 LSV
Always

- 129 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
High Stage Slide Valve Position
HSV
Assigned as HSV, when Compressor -> Compound-2 is selected.
Slide Valve Oil Pressure
SVOP
Assigned as SVOP, when Compressor -> 400 Series is selected.
AI-16 Vi Port Slide Valve Position
PSV
Assigned as PSV, when Compressor -> SINGLE J or SINGLE J w/o Sensor or SINGLE J w/ Sensor is selected.
System Suction Pressure
SSP Assigned as SSP, Excluding the above-mentioned,
Control Target (Capacity) -> System Suction Pressure or Combined System SP/LBT
or Control Target (Cut In/Out) -> System Suction Pressure is selected.
Channel No. Symbol Analog Input Item Name

Chiller Gas Pressure-1
AI-17 CGP1
Assigned as CGP1, when Chiller Gas Pressure Sensor -> Yes is selected.
Chiller Gas Temperature-1
AI-18 CGT1
Assigned as CGT1, when Chiller Gas Temperature Sensor -> Yes is selected.
System Suction Pressure
Assigned as SSP,
When Compressor -> Compound-2 or 400 Series
AI-19 SSP or SINGLE J or SINGLE J w/o Sensor or SINGLE J w/ Sensor is selected,
Control Target (Cut In/Out) -> System Suction Pressure
or
Ext. ANALOG INPUT BOARD
Control Target (Capacity) -> System Suction Pressure or Combined System SP/LBT is selected.
Remote Capacity Control Command Input
AI-20 RLD Assigned as RLD,
When Remote Capacity Control -> Remote Analog is selected.
MT-AI-02
It is an input in the range of the capacity instruction 0-100%. (It is not a range of MVL-MVH%.)
---
AI-21 ---
---
System Discharge Pressure
Assigned as SDP, when Level Control -> Use,
AI-22 SDP Condenser Control -> Use
Condenser Control Target -> System Discharge Pressure
or
Control Target(Capacity) -> System Discharge Pressure is selected.
Chiller Gas Pressure-2
AI-23 CGP2 Assigned as CGP2, when Chiller Control -> Use,
Chiller Expansion Valve -> 2-Motorized Control Valves is selected.
Chiller Gas Temperature-2
AI-24 CGT2 Assigned as CGT2, when Chiller Control -> Use,
Chiller Expansion Valve -> 2-Motorized Control Valves is selected.
---
AI-25 ----
---
---
AI-26 ---
---
---
AI-27 ---
---
---
AI-28 ---
---
---
---
AI-29 ---
---
---
AI-30 ---
---
---
AI-31 ---
---
---
AI-32 ---
---

- 130 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
4.2.2 Digital Input/Output

* Items in parentheses under the [Symbol] column are assigned depending on options.(The channel assignment can not be
dynamically arranged)
* DO-** : Digital output DI-** : Digital input
Channel No. Symbol Input/Output Item Name
Compressor Start command output
Compressor turns on, after turning on DO-02 [OILP] and the compressor start delay timer expire. If OPERATION
MODE is set at REMOTE, COMM and AUTO-STAGE, and also COMPRESSOR AUTO START/STOP is set as
DO-01 COMP YES, it starts/stops automatically depending on either one of the selected control targets shown below:
AI-01 SP Suction pressure AI-16 or 19 SSP System suction pressure
AI-13 EBT Chiller entering temperature, AI-14 LBT Chiller leaving temperature
When it meets the stop conditions, it turns off after pump-out sequence has ended.
Oil Pump Start command output

Assigned depending on selections made in system config. (OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG -> LEAD DO-02 / LAG DO-21)
When it meets the start conditions, the oil pump turns on after the OIL P. START DELAY.
Oil pump turns off when the compressor stops after the pump-out sequence and then the capacity has decreased
to less than 5% or after 3 minutes.
( OILP ) (If the OIL SEAL CONTROL option is selected, the pump turns off after the OIL PUMP DELAY expires. The OIL
PUMP DELAY counts down after the compressor stops.)
* The oil pump output (DO-02) can turn on even when the compressor is not running,
DO-02 if the AI-12 MA value (compressor motor current) increases suddenly 4.9% or more”.
if DI-12 MSRB (Main motor Starter Read Back input ) turns on.
It turns off 1 minute later of starting the compressor when “J Series – PARTIAL LUBE” is selected.
It turns off 5 minute later of starting the compressor when “FM160 Series – PARTIAL LUBE” is selected.
Oil Pump2 Start command output
STANDARD DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD
( O/P2 ) Assigned as OP2 when system config. (OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG -> LEAD DO-21 / LAG DO-02) is selected.
It turns on when dOP <= #2OIL PUMP START dOP setpoint,
It turns off when dOP > #2OIL PUMP START dOP after #2OIL PUMP STOP DELAY counts down.
(Low stage)Capacity "LOAD" Solenoid Valve output

Assigned as LOAD for all compressor types except FM160. (Turns “ON" to increase.)
PID control is performed to control the capacity depending on either the selected control target or the options
MT-DIOA-01
below. (Including pressure/temperature options.)

AI-01 SP Suction pressure AI-16 or 19 SSP System suction pressure
AI-14 LBT Chiller leaving temperature AI-02 DP Discharge Pressure
LOAD When REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL is selected, controls are performed depending on the command input.
DO-03 ANALOG AI-20 RLD Remote capacity command
DIGITAL DI-31 RMLD Remote capacity loading command
DI-32 RMUL Remote capacity unloading command
The limiter functions of LIMIT/UNLOAD work using the following inputs.
AI-12 MA(Compressor motor current) rise, AI-02 DP( Discharge pressure) rise
AI-01 SP(Suction pressure) down, AI-09 IP(intermediate pressure) rise (option)
FM160 CAPACITY CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
FMLD
It is assigned as FMLD if FM160 is selected for the compressor type. (When its "OFF" decreases the capacity)
(Low stage)Capacity "UNLOAD" Solenoid Valve output
UNLD It is assigned as UNLD for all compressor types except FM160. (Turns "ON" to decrease.)
DO-04 Referred to as the (Low stage) capacity unloader solenoid valve output DO-04
FM160 CAPACITY CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2

FMUL
It is assigned as FMUL if FM160 is selected for the compressor type. (When its "OFF “increases the capacity.)
Liquid Injection Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output (NA)
( INJS ) Assigned as INJS when LIQUID INJECTION OIL COOLING CONTROL is set to USE.
When DI-12 [MSRB] is ON, and AI-07 OT >= SV ON OT, turns on,
If AI-07 OT <= SV OFF OT, it turns off. (SV ON OT SETPOINT < SV OFF OT SETPOINT)
Oil Heater output (SA)
DO-05 ( OILH ) Assigned as OILH when OIL SEPARATOR TEMP. SENSOR -> YES.
When the panel is on and operating, if AI-08 OS ≦ HEATER ON OS, it turns on,
if AI-08 OS ≧ HEATER OFF OS, it turns off. (HEATER ON OS SETPOINT < HEATER OFF OS SETPOINT)
(High stage)Capacity "LOAD" Solenoid Valve output (exclude EU)
( HILD ) Assigned as HILD when COMPRESSOR -> COMPOUND-2(2016 & HIGHER)).
PID control is performed using the AI-09 IP (intermediate pressure) as the target.

- 131 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
100% Running Output (EU)

( FLLD ) Assigned as FLLD when I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE.
Turns on 30seconds after the capacity has reached fully loaded conditions.
Liquid Injection YOSAKU Solenoid Valve output-1 (NA)
Assigned as INJY when LIQUID INJECTION OIL COOLING CONTROL -> USE.
( INJY ) PID Control is performed depending on the selections shown below.
AI-02 DP Discharge Pressure, Discharge superheat calculated value
When INJECTION VALVES is set to MOTORIZED VALVE, it assigns an analog output for LIQUID INJECTION
CONTROL PID OUT. (The analog output board is required.)
DO-06 (High stage)Capacity "UNLOAD" Solenoid Valve output

( HIUL ) Assigned as HIUL when COMPRESSOR -> COMPOUND-2(2016 & HIGHER).
Refer to (High stage) capacity loading solenoid valve output DO-05 [HILD].
Oil Return solenoid valve output (J Series)

( OILR ) Assigned as OILR when OIL RETURN SV -> USE.
Turns on after the OIL RETURN START DELAY - START time expires after receiving the MSRB signal.
Turns off after the OIL RETURN START DELAY - STOP time expires after the MSRB signal turns off.
Oil Heater output (V series, North America Platform)
( OILH ) Assigned as OILH when OIL SEPARATOR TEMP. SENSOR -> YES.
Refer to oil heater output DO-05 [OILH].
Oil Return solenoid valve output (V series)

DO-07 ( OILR ) Assigned as OILR when OIL RETURN SV -> USE.
Refer to oil heater output DO-06 [OILR].
Economizer/Intercooler Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output (J series)

( I/CS ) Assigned as I/CS when COMPRESSOR -> J Series ECONOMIZER.
Refer to "DO-08 [I/CS] Economizer/Intercooler Liquid Supply SV output".
Economizer/Intercooler Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output (V)

Assigned as I/CS when COMPRESSOR -> SINGLE ECONOMIZER or FM160 ECONOMIZER or 400 Series or
COMPOUND-1 or COMPOUND-2.
( I/CS ) When DI-12 [MSRB] is ON,
DO-08 if AI-15 LSV >= SV ON LSV%, it turns on. if AI-15 LSV <= SV OFF LSV%, it turns off.
if AI-01 SP <= SV ON SP, it turns on. if AI-01 SP >= SV OFF SP, it turns off.
(SV ON LSV% SETPOINT > SV OFF LSV% SETPOINT) (SV ON SP SETPOINT < SV OFF SP SETPOINT)
J Vi slide L->H Solenoid Valve output
( L->H )
Assigned as Vi L->H when AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE J SERIES.
Oil Feed Solenoid Valve output

( OILF ) Assigned as OILF when OIL FEED TYPE -> FULL LUBE or PRE LUBE.
When the DI-12 [MSRB] or DO-02 [OILP] comes on, it turns ON this output initially. Then it stays on for the time
STANDARD DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD
specified in OIL FEED OFF DELAY or for 10 seconds after the differential pressure is verified,
OIL Return Solenoid Valve output (FM)
( OILR ) Assigned as OILR when OIL RETURN SV -> USE.
DO-09 Refer to oil heater output DO-06 [OILR] (J)
Oil Drain Solenoid Valve output (except EU)

MT-DIOA-01
( OILD ) Assigned as OILD when COMPRESSOR -> COMPOUND-2(2016 & HIGHER).

It turns on when the DI-12 [MSRB] turns OFF. After that, it remains ON for the time specified in OIL DRAIN SV -
SV OFF DELAY.
J Vi slide H->L Solenoid Valve output
( H->L )
Assigned as Vi H->L when AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE J SERIES.
Common Alarm (FAILURE and ALARM) output
DO-10 FAIL This is a batch alarm (FAILURE) output. (It can be set to normally close or normally open)
This output also comes on for alarms (non-critical alarm), when YES is selected for ALARM OUTPUT.
Emergency Stop input
DI-11 EMGC This is the emergency stop input (dry contact)
A contact can be connected to this input from the emergency stop button etc.
The panel gives an emergency failure when the input at this channel turns off for 1 second or longer.

- 132 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Main motor Starter Read Back input

This is the confirmation input for the compressor motor run (dry contact)
- When the compressor comes ON initially if the panel doesn’t receive an MSRB signal within a specified time it
generates a START FAILURE alarm.
DI-12 MSRB - When the compressor is running, if this input turns off and remains off the panel generates a START FAILURE
alarm.
- After the compressor has come to a regular stop if this input remains ON instead of turning OFF. The panel
generates a START FAILURE alarm.
* When this input comes ON, DO-02 [OILP] is turned on automatically as a safety feature, even if the compressor
is not running.
Interlock-1 input
Interlock-1 input (dry contact). Interlock/permissive to run compressor.

(Place jumper wire on 13A and 13B when this interlock is not used.)
Following conditions triggers an "INTERLOCK" alarm.
DI-13 INT1 When I/O PLATFORM = NORTH AMERICA,
If this interlock signal doesn’t come ON after the appropriate run command
(LOCAL/REMOTE/COMM/AutoStage) is issued.
When I/O PLATFORM not= NORTH AMERICA,
If this interlock signal doesn’t come on after the DI-12 MSRB is turned on,
Interlock-2 input
Interlock-2 input (dry contact).

For (I/O PLATFORM -> NORTH AMERICA or ASIA or SOUTH AMERICA).
( INT2 ) Interlock of the compressor operation, such as cooling water pressure high switch, or the cooling water pump run
confirmation input. (Place jumper wire on 14A and 14B when this interlock is not used.)
After the OIL PUMP START DELAY expires (or During the compressor is running.) if this interlock signal remains
DI-14 off the panel gives an INTERLOCK 2 failure.
100% Running Lock command Input (EU)

This is the 100% lock command input for the compressor.
( LOCK ) Assigned as LOCK when I/O PLATFORM -> EUROPE.
When this input comes on the capacity of the compressor can be locked at 100% (It can be used for sequential
starts or sequential stops of the compressor)
Interlock-3 input
Interlock-3 input (dry contact).

Assigned as INT3 when (DI-15 USE -> INTERLOCK-3).
It is available only when option (CHILLER CONTROL) is selected.
Interlock of the compressor operation, such as process pressure rise switch can be used with the interlock. (Place
jumper wire on 15A and 15B when this interlock is not used.)
( INT3 )
When Chiller Pump Mode is set as Not Use,
It triggers an INTERLOCK failure if this input remains off while the compressor is running and the OIL PUMP
DI-15 START DELAY has expired.
When Chiller Pump Mode is not set as Not Use,
After DO-19 comes on (while the compressor is running) if this input remains OFF It triggers and "INTERLOCK-3"
alarm.
Oil Level High input

Oil level switch input (dry contact).
( OLVH ) Assigned as OLVH when (DI-15 USE -> OIL LEVEL SWITCH).
(Place jumper wire between15A and 15B when this interlock is not used.)
It triggers an "OIL LEVEL LOW", when this input is maintained OFF for more than 30 second while the
compressor is running.
Remote Compressor Start command input
DI-16 RMST Remote compressor operating command input (dry contact). Allows remote start/stop of the compressor from a
supervisory system using a digital input. Only available when OPERATION MODE is set as REMOTE.

- 133 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN

Chiller Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output-1
( EVPS ) Assigned as EVPS when (CHILLER LIQUID SUPPLY SV -> 1 or 2 or 3).
DO-17 It turns on when DI-12 [MSRB] is ON, it turns off when pump-out starts.
Vi slide (M-port) "Drain" Solenoid Valve output

( MPLD )
Assigned as MPLD depending on the options (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-17,18,19,23,24(UD-V)).
Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-1 (except J)
Assigned as EVPY when (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 1-VALVE or 2-VALVES or 3-VALVES).
( EVPY ) PID control is performed by any of the following control targets when selected. The minimum value of their PID
control outputs is used as the final PID output value.
SSH, AI-01 SP, AI-14 LBT
Vi slide (M-port) "Plug" Solenoid Valve output

( MPUL )
Assigned as MPUL when (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-17,18,19,23,24(UD-V)).
Liquid Injection Liquid Supply Solenoid Valve output-1 (EU)
( INJS ) Assigned as INJS when (LIQUID INJECTION OIL COOLING CONTROL -> USE).
DO-18 Refer to liquid injection liquid supply output DO-05 [INJS].
Oil Return Solenoid Valve (NA)

Extension. DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD
( OILR ) Assigned as OILR when (OIL RETURN SV -> USE).

Refer to oil heater output DO-06 [OILR] (J).
Oil Heater output (NA)

( OILH ) Assigned as OILH when (OIL SEPARATOR TEMP. SENSOR -> YES).
MT-DIO4 -01
Refer to oil heater output DO-05 [OILH] (SA).
Auxiliary Machine Start command output

( AUX ) Assigned as AUX when (DO-18 AUX -> YES).
It turns ON after completing the operating condition. It turns off 15 seconds after DI-12 [MSRB] turns OFF.
Chiller Pump Start output

Assigned as CHLP when (CHILLER PUMP -> USE).
CONTINUOUS It operates continuously depending on each operation command of OPERATION MODE.
( CHLP ) (Even during ANTI CYCLE.)
AUTO START/STOP It synchronizes with the operation of the compressor.(It does not turn on during ANTI
CYCLE.)
(Both of them turn off 30 seconds after DI-12 [MSRB] turns OFF.)
DO-19
Vi Slide Valve Bypass Solenoid Valve output
( SVBP )
Assigned as SVBP when (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-17,18,19,23,24(UD-V)).
Liquid Injection YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-1 (EU)
( INJY ) Assigned as INJY when (EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 1-VALVE or 2-VALVES).
Refer to Liquid injection YOSAKU expansion valve output DO-06 [INJY]
Starting Bypass Solenoid Valve output

( SBYP ) Assigned as SBYP when (BYPASS -> STARTING BYPASS).
It turns on after DO-01 [COMP] turns ON. It turns OFF after the STARTING BYPASS SV - SV OFF DELAY.
Hot Gas Bypass Solenoid Valve output

DO-20
Assigned as HBYP when (BYPASS -> HOT GAS BYPASS in SYSTEM DETAILS).
It turns on when DI-12 [MSRB] is ON and after SV ON DELAY(LSV%) has expired. Given that AI-15 LSV <=
( HBYP ) (HOT GAS SV) SV ON LSV%. Also at the end of SV ON DELAY(SP) given that AI-01 SP <= (HOT GAS SV) SV
ON SP
It turns off when AI-15 LSV > (HOT GAS SV) SV OFF LSV%.
(SV ON LSV% setting point < SV OFF LSV% SETPOINT)

- 134 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN

Economizer/Intercooler YOSAKU Expansion Valve output
Assigned as I/CY when (ECONOMIZER/INTERCOOLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU in SYSTEM

( I/CY ) DETAILS).
For capacity control, PID control is performed using the control target AI-09 IP (intermediate pressure).
In addition, if MOTORIZED VALVE is selected for EXPANSION VALVES, an analog output is assigned for its
controls. (INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT CONTROL PID OUT) (Extension analog output board is required.)
Oil Pump operating command output
( OILP ) Assigned as OILP when (OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG -> LEAD DO-21 / LAG DO-02 is selected in SYSTEM DETAILS).
Assigned as OILP when the panel is set to W/ 2-OIL PUMPS with OIL PUMP, and LEAD Y14/LAG Y01 with OIL
DO-21 PUMP LEAD/LAG is selected. Refer to oil pump operation command output DO-02 [OILP].
Oil Pump2 operating command output
( O/P2 ) Assigned as O/P2 when (OIL PUMP LEAD/LAG -> LEAD DO-02 / LAG DO-21 is selected in SYSTEM DETAILS).
Assigned as O/P2 when W/ 2-OIL PUMPS with OIL PUMP is selected, and LEAD Y01/LAG Y14 with OIL PUMP
LEAD/LAG is selected. Refer to oil pump operation command output DO-02 [O/P2].
Oil Drain Solenoid Valve output

( OILD ) Assigned as OILD when (COMPRESSOR -> COMPOUND-2(2016 & HIGHER)).
Refer to oil heater output DO-09 [OILD]
Batch Alarm(ALARM) output

This is a batch alarm (ALARM) output. (Can be set to Normally Close or Normally Open)
DO-22 ( ALRM ) When there is both ALARM and FAILURE ( Expect superheat and OIL FILTER alarm), If the ALARM and
FAILURE setpoints are set the same the ALARM output is ignored. However, for the failure the output is turned
ON.
(High stage)Capacity "LOAD" Solenoid Valve output
( HILD ) Assigned as HILD when (COMPRESSOR -> COMPOUND-2(2016 & HIGHER)).
MT-DIO4 -01
For capacity control, PID control is performed using AI-09 IP (intermediate pressure) as the target.

Assigned as EVS2 when (CHILLER LIQUID SUPPLY SV -> 2 or 3 is selected under SYSTEM DETAILS).
When EXPANSION VALVES -> NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE,
DO-23 When the DI-12 [MSRB] is ON :
( EVS2 ) This output turns on when the setpoint is AI-15 LSV >= 2ND LIQUID SUPPLY ON LSV
This output turns off when the setpoint is AI-15 LSV <= 2ND LIQUID SUPPLY OFF LSV%.
(2ND LIQUID SUPPLY ON LSV% SETPOINT> 2ND LIQUID SUPPLY OFF LSV% SETPOINT.)
For all other options except EXPANSION VALVES = NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE,
It turns on when DI-12 MSRB is turned on, and it turns off when the pump-out starts.
Vi slide (L/H port) "Load" Solenoid Valve output
( LHLD )
Assigned as LHLD when AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-17,18,19,23,24(UD-V) is selected.
(High stage)Capacity "UNLOAD" Solenoid Valve output
( HIUL ) Assigned as HIUL when COMPRESSOR -> COMPOUND-2(2016 & HIGHER) is selected.
Refer to (High stage) capacity loading solenoid valve output DO-05 [HILD].
Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-1(J)
( EVPY ) Assigned as EVPY when (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 1-VALVE or 2-VALVES or 3-VALVES).
Refer to Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-1 (except J) DO-18 [EVPY].
DO-24 Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-2 (except J)
Assigned as EVY2 when (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 2-VALVES or 3-VALVES).
( EVY2 ) PID control is performed using either one of the targets shown below. The minimum value of their PID outputs is
used by the controller.
Suction superheat, AI-01 SP Suction pressure, AI-14 LBT Chiller leaving temperature.
The output cycle is half-cycle of the CONTROL CYCLE in the “EXP. VALVE (**) CONTROL (SETPOINTS)".
Vi slide (L/H port) "Unload" Solenoid Valve output

( LHUL )
Assigned as LHUL when (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-17,18,19,23,24(UD-V)) is selected.

- 135 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN

Condenser operation output-1(VFD)
Assigned as CND1 when (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD ONLY or VFD+2STEPS + VFD+3STEPS or
VFD+5STEPS or 3STEPS or 6 STEPS) are selected.
( CND1 ) When the control target is set as AI-02 DP (discharge pressure): (START #* SETPOINT < STOP #* )
DO-25 Given the DI-12 [MSRB] is ON, it turns on when AI-02 DP >= START #*, and it turns off when AI-02 DP <= STOP #* .
When the control target is set as AI-11 SDP (system discharge pressure):
Given the DI-12 [MSRB] is ON, it turns on when AI-11 SDP >= START #*, It turns off when AI-11 SDP <= STOP #*.
The control method is selected from ON-OFF SINGLE SET or ON-OFF MULTI SET
Auxiliary Machine Start command output

( AUX )
It turns ON after all operating conditions are met and 15 seconds after DI-12 [MSRB] has turned ON.
Condenser operating output-2
( CND2 ) Assigned as CND2 when (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+2STEPS + VFD+3STEPS or VFD+5STEPS or
3STEPS or 6 STEPS) are selected.
DO-26 Refer to condenser operating output-1DO-25 [CND1].
Vi slide (M-port) "Drain" Solenoid Valve output

( MPLD )
Assigned as MPLD when (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-26,27,28,29,30(UD-V)).
Condenser operation output-3
( CND3 ) Assigned as CND3 when (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+2STEPS + VFD+3STEPS or VFD+5STEPS or
3STEPS or 6 STEPS).
MT-DIO4 -01
Refer to condenser operating output-1 DO-25 [CND1].
DO-27 Vi slide (M-port) "Plug" Solenoid Valve output

( MPUL )
Assigned as MPUL when (AUTO Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-26,27,28,29,30(UD-V)).
Evaporator Oil Return Output 4
( EOR4 ) Assigned as EOR4 when (EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN).
This output turns on when DO-30 EOR1 and DI-32 EMVL is turned on
( CND4 ) Assigned as CND4 when (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+3STEPS or VFD+5STEPS or 6 STEPS).
Vi Slide Valve Bypass Solenoid Valve output

( SVBP )
Assigned as SVBP when (AUTO-Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-26,27,28,29,30(UD-V)).
Liquid Injection YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-2
DO-28
Assigned as IJY2 when (LIQUID INJECTION EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 2-VALVES) is selected.
PID Control is performed using either one of the control targets below.
( IJY2 ) AI-02 DP Discharge pressure, discharged superheat calculated value
If MOTORIZED VALVE is selected for the VALVES option, the panel assigns an analog output to accomplish the
controls. (LIQUID INJECTION CONTROL PID OUT) (Extension analog output board is required.)
( EOR3 ) Assigned as EOR3 when (EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN).
This output turns on when DO-30 EOR1 and DI-32 EMVL is turned on

- 136 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN

( CND5 ) Assigned as CND5 when (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+5STEPS or 3STEPS or 6 STEPS).
Vi slide (L/H port) "Load" Solenoid Valve output

( LHLD )
Assigned as LHLD when (AUTO-Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-26,27,28,29,30(UD-V)) is selected.
Assigned as EVS3 when (CONDENSER CONTROL -> VFD+3STEPS or VFD+5STEPS or 6 STEPS) is selected.
When EXPANSION VALVES -> NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE the following applies,
When DI-12 [MSRB] is ON: This output turns ON when AI-15 LSV >= 3RD LIQUID SUPPLY ON LSV%,
DO-29 ( EVS3 )
it turns off when AI-15 LSV <= 3RD LIQUID SUPPLY OFF LSV%.
(3RD LIQUID SUPPLY ON LSV% SETPOINT> 3RD LIQUID SUPPLY OFF LSV% SETPOINT.)
When EXPANSION VALVES is NOT set to NONE/THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE,
It turns on when DI-12 MSRB is turned on, and it turns off when the pump-out start.
Ready to Start
( RDY ) Assigned as RDY when all other assignments listed here for DO-29 are not selected.
This output comes on when the machine is not “running" or "not in anti cycle". Given that there is no alarms and
"The DI-13 interlock is turned on".
( EOR2 ) Assigned as EOR2 when (EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN) is selected.
When DO-30 EOR1 is OFF, this output turns ON.
Extension DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT BOARD
( CND6 ) Assigned as CND6 when (CHILLER LIQUID SUPPLY SV -> 3) is selected.

Vi slide (L/H port) "Unload" Solenoid Valve output
( LHUL )
Assigned as LHUL when (AUTO-Vi CONTROL -> USE DO-26,27,28,29,30(UD-V)) is selected.
Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-2 (J)
MT-DIO2 -01
( EVY2 ) Assigned as EVY2 when (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 2-VALVES or 3-VALVES) is selected.
Refer to Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-2 DO-24.
Chiller YOSAKU Expansion Valve output-3 (except J)
DO-30
Assigned as EVY3 when (CHILLER EXPANSION VALVE -> YOSAKU 3-VALVES) is selected.
The PID control is performed using any of the following control targets as selected. The smallest values is used as
( EVY3 ) the PID controller output.
Suction superheat, AI-01 SP suction pressure, AI-14 LBT Chiller leaving temperature
In addition, if MOTORIZED VALVE is set as EXPANSION VALVES, the controller assigns an analog output.
(SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 CONTROL PID OUT ) (Extension analog output board is required.)
( EOR1 ) Assigned as EOR1 when (EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN) is selected.
This output is controlled according to the level switch input and set time.
Remote Capacity "LOAD" command input

( RMLD ) Assigned as RMLD when (REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL -> REMOTE DIGITAL) is selected.
Capacity (Or, rotational speed) is "Increased" according to the REMOTE LOAD command at the digital input.
DI-31 Evaporator Oil Return LEVEL SWITCH
( EORL ) Assigned as EORL when (EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN) is selected.

This is an input of the oil level of oil pod.
The control of the Evaporator oil return can be selected to start by ON or to start by OFF.
Remote Capacity "UNLOAD" command input
Assigned as RMUL when(REMOTE CAPACITY CONTROL -> REMOTE DIGITAL).
Capacity (Or, rotational speed) is "decreased" according to the REMOTE UNLOAD command at the digital input.
( RMUL ) If the "REMOTE LOAD INPUT" and "REMOTE UNLOAD INPUT" are received simultaneously,
"REMOTE UNLOAD" is effective.
DI-32 If the "100% LOCK INPUT" and "REMOTE UNLOAD INPUT" are received simultaneously,
"REMOTE UNLOAD INPUT" is effective.
Evaporator Oil Return MV Limit Switch(Close)
( EMVL ) Assigned as EMVL when (EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN) is selected.
The input is a close limit switch for the Evaporator oil return motorized valve.

- 137 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
4.3 Types of Alarm/Failure and Trigger Condition

The following table depicts the MYPRO TOUCH+ alarm and failure list.
[ ALARM : minor ]
ALARM
/FAILURE ALARM Name Description
CODE No.
OP LOW (Except for when OIL FEED TYPE is PARTIAL LUBE)

47 (Oil supply differential pressure (dOP=OP-DP This alarm is generated when dOP reads a value less than the LOW dOP
or OP-SP or DP-OP)) (ALARM) for more than 10 seconds, after DO-02 [OILP] turns on.
(Except for when w/o OIL PUMP is selected for OIL PUMP,
dP LOW And except for when FULL LUBE is selected for OIL FEED TYPE)
48 (Differential pressure (dP=AFP-SP or AFP-IP Alarm is generated when dP <= LOW dP (ALARM) for more than 90 seconds.
or OP-SP)) Given that the LOW dP MASK TIME has expired, after DI-12 [MSRB] has turned
on or after the differential pressure was confirmed once.
When DP >= HIGH DP (ALARM) after the DI-12 [MSRB] has turned ON, this
49 DISCHARGE PRESSURE HIGH
alarm is issued immediately.
When DT >= HIGH DT (ALARM) after the DI-12 [MSRB], has turned ON, this
50 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE HIGH
When OT >= HIGH OT (ALARM) after the DI-12 [MSRB] has turned ON this
51 OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE HIGH
This alarm is issued, 60 seconds after the [MSRB] DI-12 has turned on, and
52 COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT HIGH when the motor amps exceeds the setpoint value in HIGH MA (ALARM) for 6
seconds or more.
This alarm is issued, 3 minutes after the [MSRB] DI-12 has turned on, and when
53 INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE HIGH
the IP exceeds the setpoint value in HIGH IP (ALARM) for 20 seconds or more.
Given the LOW SP MASK TIME has expired after the [MSRB] DI-12 has come
ON. This alarm is issued if the suction pressure reads a value lower than the
54 SUCTION PRESSURE LOW
LOW SP (ALARM) for a time longer than what is specified under LOW SP
ALARM DELAY.
This alarm is issued immediately if the LBT reads a value lower than the LOW
55 CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE LOW
LBT(ALARM) setpoint after the DI-12 [MSRB] has turned ON.
This alarm is issued if the capacity doesn’t decrease to 5% or less after the
DO-04 [UNLD] has been turned on for longer than 3 minutes. Given the pump
has also being running.
(Since the timer for this alarm is set to 3 minutes, if the "OVER RANGE" setpoint
is kept at 60 seconds from factory. The OVER RANGE alarm is issued prior to
56 CAPACITY NO DOWN
the CAPACITY NO DOWN alarm being issued. )
When AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM ->USE,
This alarm is issued when the capacity doesn’t decrease to 5% or less within the
time specified time under AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM TIME after the oil pump
has turned on.
After LOW SSH MASK TIME has expired (after the DI-12 [MSRB] turns on)
This alarm is issued when the SSH value remains lower than the LOW SSH
(ALARM) for 30 seconds or more.
57 SUCTION SUPERHEAT LOW
In addition, if 'ALARM RESET = AUTO RESET', it is canceled when the SSH
maintains a value higher or equal to LOW SSH ALARM CANCEL for more than
15 seconds after issuing the ALARM.
This alarm is issued if the dFP reads a value higher than HIGH dFP ALARM for a
OIL FILTER
58 time longer than the value specified in the DELAY after the DI-12 [MSRB] has
(Filter differential pressure (dFP=DP-AFP))
turned on.
This alarm is issued if the capacity does not decrease to 5% or less at the time
the compressor is trying to start (for the time specified under COMP. RE-START
59 RE-START DELAY). Given DO-02[OILP] is on and the panel registers a proper value for
dOP. After RE-START delay is issued if the compressor is still trying to unload
the panel starts counting down the INTERVAL timer.
This alarm is issued, if the DO-06 [HIUL] or DO-05 [HILD] stays ON for longer
than 10 minutes while the compressor its running. (The "OVER RANGE" timer is
60 HIGH STAGE
set to a default of 60 seconds, therefore if this is not modify the panel will issue
and OVER RANGE alarm prior to the HIGH STAGE alarm).

- 138 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
ALARM
CODE No.
This alarm is generated if the ISH value remains lower than the LOW EBT
61 INTERMEDIATE SUPERHEAT LOW (ALARM) setpoint for 30 seconds (fixed) or longer. Given 3 minutes has elapsed
since the compressor came on (DI-12 [MSRB] has turned on).
When DI-12 [MSRB] turns on, if the EBT value reads lower than the LOW EBT
62 CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE LOW
(ALARM) setpoint, this alarm is issued immediately.
(When SEPARATOR OIL TEMP. SENSOR = YES)
This alarm is generated when the OS reads a value lower than the LOW OS
63 SEPARATOR OIL TEMPERATURE LOW (ALARM) setpoint for 10 seconds (fixed) or more.
This alarm is active when the compressor is OFF (MSRB is OFF) or when the
compressor is ON (MSRB is ON) after the MASK TIME has expired.
(Only for 400 Series)
dOP2 LOW
This alarm is issued if the dOP2 reads a value lower than the LOW OP2
64 (Oil supply differential pressure 2
(ALARM) setpoint for 10 seconds or more. Given that the compressor is running,
(dOP2=SVOP-DP))
MSRB (DI-12) is ON.
This alarm is issued when the value for SSH2 reads below the LOW
SSH2(ALARM) setpoint for 30 seconds or longer.
65 SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 LOW If the ALARM REST = AUTO REST this alarm will automatically clear once the
SSH2 value reads above the LOW SSH2 ALARM CANCEL setpoint for 15
seconds or more.
This alarm is issued when the Vi slide valve position is not at its proper position.
66 AUTO Vi SLIDE (This alarm is issued if the compressor runs with a SVP% position of 100% or
greater for more than 3 times in about a 54 minutes period.)
FINE FILTER
This alarm is issued if the dFFP value reads higher than the HIGH dFFP
67 (Fine filter differential pressure
(ALARM) setpoint for 3 minutes or longer after the MSRB (DI-12) has turned ON.
(dFFP=DP-AFFP))
This alarm is issued if the DSH value reads lower than the LOW DSH ALARM
DELAY for the time specified under LOW DSH ALARM DELAY.
68 DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT LOW When the alarm SETPOINT keeps its status for the time specified under LOW
DSH ALARM DELAY as DSH <= LOW DSH (ALARM) after DI-12 [MSRB] turns
on and after LOW DSH MASK TIME.
This alarm is issued when SP reads a value higher than the HIGH SP (ALARM)
setpoint for the time specified under HIGH SP ALARM DELAY
69 SUCTION PRESSURE HIGH
after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on and the MASK TIME has expired (common with
"LOW SP").
This alarm is issued when ST reads a value higher than the HIGH ST (ALARM)
70 SUCTION TEMPERATURE HIGH for the time specified under HIGH ST DELAY after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on and
the HIGH ST MASK TIME has expired.
This alarm is issued when the LVL reads a value lower than the LOW CHILLER
LEVEL (ALARM) for the time specified under LOW CHILLER LEVEL ALARM
71 CHILLER LIQUID LEVEL LOW
after DI-12 [MSRB] has turned on and the LOW CHILLER LEVEL ALARM MASK
TIME has expired.
When the command from MASTER station cannot be received at the AUTO
72 AUTO STAGE NO REQUEST
STAGE – SLAVE station.
When the responses from SLAVE station address *(1 to 8) cannot be received at
73 to 80 AUTO STAGE LIST* NO RESPONSE
the AUTO STAGE – MASTER station.
81 to 88 OPTION ANALOG INPUT* LOW/HIGH User adjustable ALARM settings for the optional AI inputs.
This alarm is issued when the value for ST stays below LOW ST ALARM for the
300 SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW time specified under LOW ST ALARM DELAY. After the MSRB DI-12 has turned
on and the MASK TIMER expired. (not valid during pump out)
Given the compressor is running (MSRB is ON) and the MASK TIMER has
EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN expired.
304
LEVEL SWITCH ALARM This alarm is issued when the state of DI-31 EORL remains ON or OFF, without
changing states, for the time indicated under RETURN LEVEL SW -> ALARM.
This alarm is issued when:
DO-30 EOR1 stays ON and DI-32 EMVL stays OFF continuously for the time
specified under EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SW -> ALARM time.
306 EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV ALARM
or
When DO-29 EOR2 stays ON and DI-32 EMVL stays ON continuously for the
time specified under EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV -> ALARM time.

- 139 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
ALARM
CODE No.
(Only for
I/O PLATFORM = EUROPE and AUTO UNLOAD CLEAR ALARM = USE)
After a power cycle, right after the panel turns on, if the READY TO START signal
remains OFF. And the (Low stage) slide valve position LSV >= 5.0% right at the
end of the 5 second countdown.
308 HIGH LSV POSITION ALARM The [CLEAR ALARM] input after the ALARM is generated.
Performs the same operation as for AUTO UNLOAD ON CLEAR ALARM.
(The capacity decrease operates during AUTO UNLOAD MAXIMUM TIME
when the compressor stops.)
However, the input of this command is invalid at FAILURE.
Moreover, the Compressor run command is not valid during auto unload.
OIL FILTER2 ALARM This alarm is generated when the value for dFP2 remains higher than its alarm
311 (Filter differential pressure 2 setpoint for the time specified under HIGH dFP2 DELAY or longer. After DI-12
(dFP2 = BFP-OP)) [MSRB] has turned on.

- 140 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
[ FAILURE : Serious ]
ALARM
/FAILURE FAILURE Name Description
CODE No.
- At the initial run of the compressor, alarm is generated when DI-12 [MSRB]
does not turn on within the COMP. MSRB (Starting) setting time after DO-01
[COMP] turns on.
- When DI-12 [MSRB] input turns OFF for a time longer than what is specified
under COMP. MSRB (Running) time while the compressor is running.
- When the compressor comes to a stop, if DI-12 [MSRB] remains ON for the
time specified under the COMP. MSRB(Stopping) time.
89 START FAIL - When the panel tries to unload the capacity to restart the compressor, if the
capacity does not decrease to 5 % or less at the end of COMP. RE-START
DELAY (with the DO-02 [OILP] ON). This alarm is also generated when the
capacity does not decrease to 5 % or less at the end of FAILURE ->
RE-START/TIMEOUT.
- At the initial run of the compressor, if DI-13 [INT1] does not turn on within the
time specified under FAILURE -> RE-START/TIMEOUT given all other start
permissive are satisfied (excluding the interlocks).
Before the compressor starts,
The oil pump runs for a time longer than what is specified under COMP
OP LOW RE-START DELAY and the value for dOP remains lower than the LOW dOP
90 (Oil supply differential pressure (dOP=OP-DP FAILURE setpoint for 5 seconds or more.
or OP-SP or DP-OP))
While the compressor is running if the value for dOP remains below the Low dOP
(FAILURE) setpoint value for 30 seconds or more.
(Except for when no OIL PUMP is selected,

dP LOW And, except for when FULL LUBE is selected for OIL FEED TYPE)
91 (Differential pressure (dP=AFP-SP or AFP-IP When the dP value remains lower than the LOW dP (FAILURE) setpoint for 2
or OP-SP)) minutes and more, after DI-12 [MSRB] turns on and the LOW dP MASK TIME
has expired.
This failure is issued immediately when the DP values goes above the HIGH DP
92 DISCHARGE PRESSURE HIGH
(FAILURE) setpoint.
This failure is issued immediately when the DT values goes above the HIGH DT
93 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE HIGH
(FAILURE) setpoint.
This failure is issued immediately when the OT values goes above the HIGH OT
94 OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE HIGH
(FAILURE) setpoint.
Given 60 seconds have elapsed after the MSRB DI-12 has turned on. This
95 COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT HIGH failure is issued if the MA value stays higher than the HIGH MA (FAILURE)
setpoint.
OIL FILTER This failure is issued if the dFP value stays higher than the HIGH dFP (FAILURE)
96 (Filter differential pressure for the time specified under HIGH dFP FAILURE DELAY after the MSRB has
(dFP=DP-AFP)) turned on.
After the OIL PUMP START DELAY has expired.
97 INTERLOCK-2 This failure is issued when DI-14 [INT2] remains OFF for the time under
INTERLOCK2 failure time setpoint.
98 EMERGENCY STOP When DI-11 [EMGC] stays OFF for 1 second.
99 OIL LEVEL LOW When DI-15 [OLVH] stays OFF for 30 seconds while the compressor is running.
Given 3 minutes has elapsed after the MSRB DI-12 has turned on.
FINE FILTER
100 This failure is issued when the dFFP value stays higher than the value in HIGH
(dFFP = DP - AFFP)
dFFP (FAILURE) for the time specified under HIGH dFFP FAILURE DELAY.
Given 3 minutes has elapsed after the MSRB DI-12 has turned on.
101 INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE HIGH This failure is issued when the IP value stays higher than the value in HIGH IP
(FAILURE) for 30 seconds.
This failure is issued when DI-13 stays OFF for the time specified in the
INTERLOCK failure setpoint.
In case of I/O PLATFORM = NORTH AMERICA,
102 INTERLOCK
After receiving the run command in (LOCAL/REMOTE/COMM) mode.
For all other I/O PLATFORMS,
When DI-12 [MSRB] comes ON and DI-13 is missing.
This failure is issued immediately when LBT goes below the value in LOW LBT
103 CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE LOW
(FAILURE) after the MSRB DI-12 turns ON.

- 141 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
ALARM
CODE No.
This failure is issued when DI-15 [INT3] stays OFF for the time specified under
INTERLOCK3 delay timer. After the run command is received under any of the
104 INTERLOCK-3
operation modes (LOCAL/REMOTE/COMM). And OIL PUMP START DELAY
has expired (for no CHLP). Or when “DO-19 [CHIP]” comes ON (with CHLP).
This failure is issued when the value for SP stays below the LOW SP (FAILURE)
105 SUCTION PRESSURE LOW setpoint for the time specified under SP FAILURE DELAY after the MSRB DI-12
comes ON.
Regardless of the compressor state. This failure is issued when the sensor
SUCTION PRESSURE process value exceeds the upper limit (99.5% or more) or lower limit (0.5% or
106
UNDER/OVER RANGE less) of the sensor range for the time specified in the OVER or UNDER FAILURE
DELAY given the PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME has expired.
This failure is issued when the sensor process value exceeds the lower limit
107 DISCHARGE PRESSURE UNDER RANGE (0.5% or less) for the time in UNDER FAILURE DELAY after the PRESSURE
SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME has expired with DI-12 MSRB ON.
This failure is issued when the sensor process value exceeds the upper limit
108 OIL SUPPLY PRESSURE OVER RANGE (99.5% or more) for the time in OVER FAILURE DELAY after the PRESSURE
SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME has expired with DI-12 [MSRB] ON.
(When the COMPRESSOR TYPE = J Series~)
109 OIL FILTER PRESSURE OVER RANGE (99.5% or more) for the time specified in OVER FAILURE DELAY after the
PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME has expired with the DI-12
[MSRB] ON.
SUCTION TEMPERATURE (99.5% or more ) or the lower limit (0.5% or less ) for the time in OVER or UNDER
110
UNDER/OVER RANGE FAILURE DELAY after the TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME
has expired with DI-12 [MSRB] ON.
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE (0.5% or less) for the time in UNDER FAILURE DELAY after the
111
UNDER RANGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME has expired with DI-12
[MSRB] ON.
OIL SUPPLY TEMPERATURE
112 (0.5% or less ) for the time UNDER FAILURE DELAY after the TEMPERATURE
UNDER RANGE
INTERMEDIATE PRESSURE
113 (0.5% or less) for the time UNDER FAILURE DELAY after the PRESSURE
UNDER RANGE
INTERMEDIATE TEMPERATURE (99.5% or more) or the lower limit (0.5% or less) for the time in OVER or UNDER
114
COMPRESSOR MOTOR CURRENT
115 (0.5% or less) for the time UNDER FAILURE DELAY after the DI-12 [MSRB]
UNDER RANGE
turns on.
CHILLER LEAVING TEMPERATURE (99.5% or more) or the lower limit (0.5% or less) for the time in OVER or UNDER
116
When the capacity load command stays ON for the time in UNDER FAILURE
DELAY and the capacity process value still reads at the lower limit (0.5% or less),
LOW SLIDE VALVE POSITION "UNDER RANGE" is issued.
117
UNDER/OVER RANGE When the capacity unload command stays ON for the time in OVER FAILURE
DELAY and the capacity process value still reads at the upper limit (99.5% or
more),"OVER RANGE" is issued.
When the capacity load command stays ON for the time in UNDER FAILURE
DELAY and the capacity process value still reads at the lower limit (0.5% or less),
HIGH SLIDE VALVE POSITION "UNDER RANGE" is issued.
118
UNDER/OVER RANGE When the capacity unload command stays ON for the time in OVER FAILURE
DELAY and the capacity process value still reads at the upper limit (99.5% or
more),"OVER RANGE" is issued.

- 142 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
ALARM
CODE No.
CHILLER GAS TEMPERATURE1&2 (99.5% or more) or the lower limit (0.5% or less) for the time in OVER or UNDER
119
CHILLER GAS PRESSURE1&2 (99.5% or more) or the lower limit (0.5% or less) for the time in OVER or UNDER
120
UNDER/OVER RANGE FAILURE FAILURE DELAY after the PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE MASK TIME has
expired with DI-12 [MSRB] ON.
With the DI-12 MSRB ON (and when the panel is not in pump-out). This failure is
121 SUCTION SUPERHEAT LOW issued if the SSH value stays lower than the LOW SSH (FAILURE) setpoint value
for the time specified in the LOW SSH FAILURE DELAY setpoint.
When the SSH2 value stays lower than the LOW SSH2 (FAILURE) setpoint for
122 SUCTION SUPERHEAT2 LOW
the time in LOW SSH2 FAILURE DELAY, after starting the liquid supply control.
When the SP value stays higher than the HIGH SP (FAILURE) setpoint for the
123 SUCTION PRESSURE HIGH time in HIGH SP FAILURE DELAY. After the MASK TIME has expired (common
with "LOW SP") with the DI-12 [MSRB] ON.
When the ST value stays higher than the HIGH ST (FAILURE) setpoint for the
124 SUCTION TEMPERATURE HIGH HIGH ST FAILURE DELAY. After the HIGH ST MASK TIME has expired with the
DI-12 [MSRB] ON.
125 to 132 OPTION ANALOG INPUT* LOW/HIGH User adjustable FAILURE settings for the optional AI inputs.
With MSRB DI-12 ON and when the panel is NOT in pump out.
This failure is issued if the ST remains lower than the LOW ST FAILURE setpoint
301 SUCTION TEMPERATURE LOW
for the time specified in LOW ST FAILURE DELAY. Given the MASK TIME
(common with "LOW SP") has expired.
Regardless of the compressor run status, When the sensor process value
CHILLER ENTERING TEMPERATURE
302 exceeds the upper limit (99.5% or more) or lower limit (0.5% or less) for the time
UNDER/OVER RANGE *
in OVER or UNDER FAILURE DELAY.
Regardless of the compressor run status, When the sensor process value
SYSTEM SUCTION PRESSURE
303 exceeds the upper limit (99.5% or more) or lower limit (0.5% or less) for the time
UNDER/OVER RANGE *
in OVER or UNDER FAILURE DELAY.
With DI-12 MSRB ON (the compressor is running),

EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN When the state of DI-31 EORL stays ON or OFF continuously for the time
305
LEVEL SWITCH FAILURE specified under EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SW -> FAILURE. Given
the EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN -> LEVEL SW MASK TIME has expired.
When DO-30 EOR1 stays ON and DI-32 EMVL stays OFF for the time specified
under EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN LEVEL SW -> FAILURE time.
307 EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV FAILURE or
When DO-29 EOR2 stays ON and DI-32 EMVL stays ON for the time specified
under EVAPORATOR OIL RETURN MV -> FAILURE time.
(When SEPARATOR OIL TEMP. SENSOR = YES)

With DI-12 [MSRB] OFF or after DI-12 [MSRB] has turned on and the MASK
309 SEPARATOR OIL TEMPERATURE LOW TIME has expired.
This failure is issued when the OS value stays below the LOW OS (FAILURE)
setpoint for 10 seconds (fixed) or more.
When DI-12 [MSRB] turns off,
OIL FILTER 2
This failure is issued when the dFP2 value stays above the HIGH dFP2
600 (Filter differential pressure 2
(FAILURE) setpoint for the time specified under the HIGH dFP2 FAILURE
(dFP2 = BFP-OP))
DELAY.
* SP(Suction Pressure), SSP(System Suction Pressure), EBT(Chiller Entering Temperature), and LBT(Chiller Leaving
Temperature) do the sensor warning watch while stopping because it might become the controlled target of the compressor
cut-in/cut-out.

- 143 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Chapter 5 : Communication
5.1 Outline of “Communication” on the MYPRO TOUCH+

The MYPRO TOUCH+ has five communication ports.
Please note the system construction and the connection thoroughly. As each communication port may function uniquely.
Hardware Interface a name Use
COM1(RS-485 port) TP-COM1 Reserved for System (Data communication to CPU board)
Touch Panel
Ethernet Port x 2 TP-Ether Remote communication with supervisory device.
COM1(RS-485 port) CPU-COM1 Reserved for System (Data communication to Touch Panel)
CPU Board
COM2(RS-485 port) CPU-COM2 AUTO STAGE Control or Communication with External Device
CAUTION
"RS-485 port of Touch panel (TP-COM1)" and "RS-485 port of CPU board (CPU-COM1)" cannot be used for
any other uses as they are reserved for the MYPRO TOUCH+ communications as a system.
Fig. Communication concept chart (System configuration chart)
[ MYPRO TOUCH+ ]
Touch Panel
* Protocol for Ethernet : MODBUS TCP / ETHERNET IP
Or VNC server (viewer)
Ethernet To supervisory system /

COM2
RS-485 remote viewer
Ethernet
CPU-TP Cable
RS-485 (2 wire or 4wire)
(Modbus)
Modbus Unit
COM1 COM2 or
RS-485 RS-485 RS-485 (2 wire)
(AUTO STAGE)
[MYPRO TOUCH+]
CPU Board
MT-CPU-03-A
USB Communication PC
- Update Program
USB ([MYPRO TOUCH] [MYPRO TOUCH]
type-B
Support Software)
* Excluding inside the MYPRO TOUCH+ system box (gray) above, all other dash lines represent wiring to external devices.
"For remote monitoring, TightVNC or RealVNC are recommended. Both of these softwares are commonly used third party software
available for download on the internet.

- 144 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
5.2 Communication with External Device

The MYPRO TOUCH+ allows the user to communicate with external devices via its built in Ethernet ports on the HMI or the RS port
found on the MOTHER BOARD. The panel uses the following protocols to communicate.
Standard support protocol
MODBUS RTU (CPU-COM2), MODBUS TCP (TP-Ether), Ethernet IP (AB CompactLogix, AB ControlLogix, AB Micrologix)
5.2.1 Communication System Configuration with External Equipment

MYPRO TOUCH+ has one RS-485 communication port at the motherboard for communications with external
devices.(CPU-COM2)
A 2-wire or 4-wire method can be used, the following diagrams show a simple sample wiring diagram for both methods.
For the 2-wire method:

- Shielded 4 cores 2 pair twisted pair cable.
2 2
- Cross section 0.2mm to 0.3 mm
- Characteristic impedance 110Ω + 10Ω
Recommended wire: Mitsubishi wire Co. LTD SPEV(SB)-0.2 x 2P
For the 4-wire method:

- Shielded 6 cores twisted pair cable.
2 2
- Cross section 0.2mm to 0.3mm
- Characterist impedance 110Ω + 10Ω
Recommended wire: Mitsubishi wire Co. LTD SPEV(SB)-0.2 x 3P
4-wire connection method – sample diagram

- 145 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
2-wire connection method – sample diagram
For the 2-wire connection method jump between RA - SA and SA – SB. These are then connected to the A and B (or + and -) of the
external device communication port. At the end of the communication chain always turn on (or place) the terminating resistors. The
MYPRO TOUCH+ motherboard comes with these terminating resistors on the PC board in a dipswitch form.
The terminating resistors are 110Ω 1/4W

- 146 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
5.2.2 Remote Communication Device and Communication Protocols

When the remote communications device sends a “data write” or “data read” command, the MYPRO TOUCH+ with the specified
address in the command sends an answer. This constitutes one session of communication. (Any MYPRO TOUCH+ does not
voluntarily start transmission.)
Flow of data on communications line
(1) Write/read
Transmission from remote device command
Transmission from MYPRO TOUCH+ (2) Answer Time
Answer delay time

(1) A command is sent from the remote device to the MYPRO TOUCH+.
(2) The MYPRO TOUCH+ receives the command and check if the command was addressed to itself. Then
evaluates its content before sending back an answer. (However, when the command has an error, the answer
the panel may not send an answer.)
The send and receive arrangement used in (1) and (2) above is called a “protocol”. Among multiple communication protocols, the
MYPRO TOUCH+ supports the MODBUS ASCII protocol and MODBUS RTU protocol.
Both of the protocols are standard protocols in the industry, the communications can easily be implemented without having to
program them yourself if the external supervisory system (SACADA or PLC) are MODBUS-compatible.
As for the details on the MODBUS protocol that the MYPRO TOUCH system supports, see Appendix 2 .
5.2.3 Changing setpoints over communication

The available writable registers through remote communication are depicted on the table below.
MODBUS Reference Address

SetPoints Name MYPRO TOUCH Setting Range
CP4 AREA
AREA
Cut-In Setpoint (Press./Temp.) 403129 400257 Range min. <= Cut-Out < Cut-In <= Range MAX.
Cut-Out Setpoint (Press./Temp.) 403130 400258 Range min. <= Cut-Out < Cut-In <= Range MAX.
SetPoints
Capacity Control Setpoint (Press.) 403131 400259 Range min. <= Setpoint <= Range MAX.
Capacity Control Setpoint (Temp.) 403132 400260 Range min. <= Setpoint <= Range MAX.
REMOTE CAPACITY 0.0 to 100.0%

Capacity SETPOINT 403133 400261
CONTROL (COMM) (However, the control is MVL%-MVH%.)
MVL% (Press.:PID 01/16) 403145 400667

MVL%/MVH% BY COMM (LSV, VFD)
MVH% (Press.:PID 01/16) 403146 400668 -> ENABLE
Capacity Control
MVL% (Temp.:PID 02/16) 403147 400683 And
0% <= MVL% < MVH% <= 100%
MVH% (Temp.:PID 02/16) 403148 400684
MVL% (Press.:PID 11/16) 403149 400827
MVL%/MVH% BY COMM (LSV, VFD)
VFD COMPRESSOR MVH% (Press.:PID 11/16) 403150 400828 -> ENABLE
CONTROL MVL% (Temp.:PID 12/16) 403151 400843 And
0% <= MVL% < MVH% <= 100%
MVH% (Temp.:PID 12//16) 403152 400844
(0):LOCAL 1:REMOTE
2:COMM 3:AUTO STAGE
OPERATION Select 403153 401001
OPERATION MODE 4:Not Use 5:AUTO STAGE REMOTE
6:AUTO STAGE COMM
AUTO START/STOP Select 403154 401002 0:NO (1):YES

- 147 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
(0):SETPOINT #1 1:SETPOINT #2
Cut-IN/Cut-Out Setpoint Select 403155 401017 2:SETPOINT #3 3:SETPOINT #4
4:SCHEDULER 5:COMM
SCHEDULE
(0):SETPOINT #1 1:SETPOINT #2
Control Setpoint Select 403156 401018 2:SETPOINT #3 3:SETPOINT #4
4:SCHEDULER 5:COMM
ALARM ALARM/FAILURE Select 403157 401486 (0):SETPOINT#1 1:SETPOINT#2
(0):MANUAL 1:AUTO
CAPACITY
OPERATION Select 403158 401262 2:REMOTE DIGITAL 3:REMOTE ANALOG
CONTROL
4:COMM
(0):MANUAL 1:AUTO
VFD COMPRESSOR
OPERATION Select 403159 401295 2:REMOTE DIGITAL 3:REMOTE ANALOG
CONTROL
4:COMM
CAPACITY MVL%/MVH% BY COMM
403160 401401 (0):DISABLE 1:ENABLE
CONTROL (LSV, VFD)
MODBUS Reference Address

(coil)
Control Switch Name Setting Range
Common MYPRO TOUCH AREA
and CP4 AREA
Comm. Comp. Start Input 000513 Remote Comp. Start by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Comp. Stop w/o pump-out by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Comm. Comp. Immediate Stop Input 000514 * This is not a stop command.
(Stop command according to the mode of operation. )
Comm. Comp. Full Load Input 000515 Remote Full Load by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Comm. Comp. Load Limit input 000516 REMOTE MVH% change by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Comm. Chill. LBT Cont. 100% Input 000518 CHILLER LBT Control 100% Output by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
[CLEAR ALARM] switch Substitution 000576 Clear Alarm by COMM (0:OFF, 1:ON)
Priority description for particular coils, in the case that the above coils are turned on at the same time.
When 000515 and 000516 are simultaneous ON,
REMOTE MVH% is invalid when MVL%/MVH% BY COMM is set to ENABLE, therefore it runs the compressor using
MVH-F%.
REMOTE MVH% is effective when MVL%/MVH% BY COMM is set to DISABLE, therefore it runs the compressor with
REMOTE MVH%.
MVL/MVH% BY COMM
DISABLE ENABLE
ON REMOTE MVH% MVH-F%
000516:Comm. Comp. Load Limit Input
OFF MVH-F% MVH-F%
CAUTION
Please do not write data (setpoints) into the MYPRO TOUCH+ via two or more communication ports.
In case such communications are performed the value written at the end is used by the panel.
If the panel continues to receive data from multiple communication ports at the same time, the CPU may get
overwhelm causing it to freeze or malfunction.
When values are written to the MYPRO TOUCH+ via the RS port, the panel does not monitor if the values are
out of range. Neither sends a write error flag. For this reason always ensure to build a program that checks
the value written to the MYPRO TOUCH through communications.
Please confirm whether the value written to the panel is correct by reading it again.
Moreover, when changing the operation mode to remote, and controlling the unit remotely. Always check
the immediate surrounding of the equipment. Always perform the remote run and stop of the equipment
with safety in mind.

- 148 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
5.3 AUTO STAGE Control

The RS port COM2 (RS485 communication port on the motherboard) can be used to build a communication network, with up to 8
MYPRO TOUCH panels, to perform a master – slave auto staging sequencing..
AUTO STAGING must be selected under SYSTEM DETAILS and more than two (max of 8) MYPRO TOUCH panels are needed.
The MYPRO TOUCH+ panel can build an auto staging network with its predecessor MYPRO TOUCH and CPIV panel.
The panels are connected via a daisy-chain method using the RS port on the motherboard.
Start/stop operation of the compressor is controlled base on its operating time. To maintain a close total runtime between all the
compressors.
5.3.1 System configuration of AUTO STAGE communication

The MYPRO TOUCH+ has one RS-485 communication port for auto stage. (CPU-COM2)
Using this communication port, the MYPRO TOUCH+ can establish serial communications with a remote communication device.
Up to 8 MYPRO TOUCH+ panels can be connected via serial communication with a bus of up to 150 meters in total length.
Conforming to the EIA 485 standard, the communication system uses a 4-wire, half-duplex system. (2-wire system is also
possible).The communication ports of the devices located at the physical ends required to have terminating resistors which are
provided as dipswitches on the MYPRO TOUCH motherboard.
To use or not use the termination resistor, termination switches SW3 for the CPU-COM2 port is used. Turn the switch to ON to use
the termination resistor, or turn it OFF if not needed.
A connection example is shown as below.

Communication for AUTO STAGE by 2-Wire Connections
Maximum 8 MYPRO TOUCHs : 150 meters in total length.
COM2 (RS485 communication port) COM2 (RS485 communication port) COM2 (RS485 communication port)
of MYPRO TOUCH CPU board of MYPRO TOUCH CPU board - - - of MYPRO TOUCH CPU board
(Masrer) (Slave 1) (Slave 7)
Termination Termination Termination

resistor resistor resistor
connection SW1 connection SW1 connection SW1
ON OFF ON
RX+(RD+) RX+(RD+) RX+(RD+)

110Ω 110Ω 110Ω
RX-(RD-) RX-(RD-) RX-(RD-)

Termination Termination Termination
resistor resistor resistor
connection SW2 connection SW2 connection SW2
OFF OFF OFF
TX+(SD+) TX+(SD+) TX+(SD+)

110Ω 110Ω 110Ω
TX-(SD-) TX-(SD-) TX-(SD-)
SG SG SG
FG FG FG
Shielded 6-core, 3-pair cable Shielded 6-core, 3-pair cable
CAUTION
Be sure to use the termination resistors by tuning ON their switches. This is necessary only for the termination ports
(each end of the daisy chain). If these termination resistors are not used correctly in the RS-485 ports, normal
communications between the network devices is not guaranteed.
When setting the switch, move it until it clicks.

- 149 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
5.3.2 Outline of multiple compressor staging control (AUTO STAGE)
The "AUTO STAGE" function aims to achieve a higher efficiency when driving multiple compressors.
The basic concept is to lock the capacity of the lead compressors to 100% while the lag compressors trim the capacity of the whole
system.
In addition, the program always runs the compressor with the smallest run time hours, to try to average the maintenance frequency
of all the compressors.
Connect all the controllers using a daisy chain method shown on the diagram on the previous page, and assign one as the
MASTER and the other machines as SLAVES. The master will be identify as the machine with the ADDRESS 1 (one), and all other
machines will get a number assigned in chronological order. (A max number of 8 compressors can be connected in the auto staging
network).
The number of compressors are increased or decreased according to the control method described below. (1 is the most significant,
with n being the less significant).
For capacity control the master’s target (CONTROL SETPOINT) value and sensor (PV) are used for the PID calculation. These
results are then used to control all the slave stations as well.
However, because the slave station drives in automatic operation (AUTO) mode when it is not possible to communicate with the
master station (when a communication error is presented). In such scenario the slave station will use its own sensor value for PV
and setpoint values to perform capacity control and CUT IN and OUT of the compressor.
Moreover, a slave station that has failed, or stopped communicating with the master station, is taken out of the auto staging
sequence by the master.
Once this slave station’s failure is recovered (or communications are restored) then it is automatically added back to the auto
staging network and can be used again by the master.
"Operation order"
The compressor order (LEAD LISTING) are selected from the 3 options below, MANUAL, revolutions control lag(AUTO (VFD
LAG)) and revolutions control priority AUTO (VFD PRIOR).
1/3) MANUAL
The operation order is determined by the order entered under the LEAD LISTING MANUAL at the master station.
2/3) VFD control lag (AUTO (VFD LAG))

When none of the compressor in the chain has no VFD control (All units have slide valve capacity control), the master will put
the priority on the compressor with the smallest run time. The compressor with the shortest operating time is 'fist in order’; the
compressor with the longest runtime 'will be last in order'.
(As a result, all compressors operation time is averaged.)
When one of the compressors have VFD control, the master station puts priority on the compressor with shorter operation time
and takes the compressor with VFD control to the end of the order. Hence, the compressor with revolutions control starts last
and stops first.
(As a result, the operating time of the compressor with revolutions control is shorter.)
3/3) VFD control with priority (AUTO (VFD PRIOR))

When there is no compressor with VFD control the operation is the same as described in 2/3 above.

- 150 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
When one of the compressors has VFD control, the panel still uses the compressor run time to determine the run order.
However it will always start the compressor with VFD first.
Once the compressor with VFD reaches MVH slide valve and MVH VFD conditions. It starts the next compressor (the
compressor with the shortest run time hours and without a VFD).
Once the next compressor in order comes on, the VFD compressors capacity and VFD are taken to MVL to allow the last
compressor that came on to load and reach 100% lock conditions.
Once this compressor’s capacity is increased and lock at its 100% lock conditions, the VFD machine starts trimming again.
Until it reaches its MVH condition. Then another compressor in the chain is called.
To decrease the compressor numbers, once the machine with VFD reaches its MVL. The last compressor in order that came
ON (without VFD) is release from its 100% lock condition. Once this compressors capacity reaches, (unloads to) the SV
HOLD PREVIOUS condition, the compressor is then turned OFF. Then the VFD machine returns to trim the capacity. If the
temperature keeps decreasing the master keeps unloading and turning OFF compressors using this method.
(As a result, the capacity is always trimmed by the VFD compressor, and the operating time of the VFD machine will always be
longer than the other stations.)
* When the auto staging network (N units) has no compressor with revolutions control (all of the compressors are controlled by
slide valve control), this applies to both selections of Revolutions control lag (AUTO (VFD LAG)) and Revolutions control lag
priority (AUTO (VFD PRIOR)).
* For any process, when control target <= stopping (CUT OUT) all compressors are stopped.
Example for the option 'Revolutions control lag priority (AUTO (VFD PRIOR))'
for one compressor with revolutions control(VFD unit) and others with 2 slide valve control(LSV unit)
In the follow table, 'time short' means the operating time is short, 'time long' means the operation time is long,
'Req.' means the AutoStage control request, 'SVP' means the Slide Valve Position,
'VFD' means the revolution control, 'PID' means PID control, 'MVL' means "MVL HOLD",
'MVH' means "MVH HOLD", 'STOP SV' means the SV HOLD PREVIOUS.

- 151 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Control Target
Order [1] [2] [3] Operation of start/stop and order
Status
Target Time short SLV Time long SLV
ALL Stop VFD(stop) Set VFD unit as the top order tentatively.
< CUT IN (stop) (stop)
Target VFD unit(Req.=PID)
1 unit run ↓ ↓ VFD unit start at SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL
> CUT IN (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
Target VFD unit(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ VFD unit controls the Slide Valve Position in PID.
> CONTROL (SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD unit(Req.=PID) VFD unit switches to revolutions control at SVP=MVH,
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL) VFD=MVL.
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ VFD unit controls the revolutions control in PID.
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
VFD unit(Req.=PID) The second compressor start is required, when VFD
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) unit reaches at SVP=MVH and VFD=MVH.
Time short SLV VFD unit(Req.=MVL) Switch the order of time short SLV unit and VFD unit
↓*1 2 units run ↓
(Req.=PID, SVP=MVL) (SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) order immediately after starting the time short SLV.
Time short SLV VFD unit(Req.=MVL) Time short SLV controls in PID by when it reaches at
↓ ↓ ↓
(Req.=PID, SVP=PID) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL) MVH. As for VFD unit, depending on MVL HOLD.
Time short SLV
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(Req.=PID, SVP=MVH)
Time short SLV VFD unit(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH) (SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD unit(Req.=PID) The third compressor start is required when PID of VFD
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) unit reaches at SVP=MVH and VFD=MVH.
Time long SLV VFD unit(Req.=MVL) Switch the order of time long SLV unit and VFD unit
↓*1 ALL run ↓
(Req.=PID, SVP=MVL) (SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) order immediately after starting the time long SLV.
Time long SLV VFD unit(Req.=MVL) Time long SLV controls in PID by when it reaches at
↓ ↓ ↓
(Req.=PID, SVP=PID) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL) MVH. As for VFD unit, depending on MVL HOLD.
Time long SLV
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(Req.=PID, SVP=MVH)
↓ ↓ VFD unit(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓
(Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH) (Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH) (SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) The entire capacity is controlled by the PID control of
↓ ↓ VFD unit(Req.=PID) the VFD unit.
↓ ↓
(Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH) (Req.=MVH, SVP=MVH) (SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
Target VFD unit(Req.=PID) When PID control of VFD unit that is the lowest priority
↓ ↓ ↓
< CONTROL (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL) reaches at SVP=MVL and VFD=MVL,
Time long SLV VFD unit(Req.=MVL)
↓ ↓ ↓ the next upper order time long SLV starts PID control.
(Req.=PID, SVP=PID) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
Time long SLV
When PID of time long SLV reaches at stop setting*2
↓ ↓ ↓ (Req.=PID) ↓
switch the order of it and VFD order.
(SVP < Stop setting)
VFD unit(Req.=PID) Time long SLV
↓ ↓ ↓ Stopping Time long SLV of the lowest order is required.
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) (Req.=STOP)
VFD unit(Req.=PID) Time long SLV
↓ 2 units run ↓ Time long SLV unit (the third unit) stops.
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) (Req.=STOP)(stopping)
VFD unit(Req.=PID) When PID control of the lowest VFD reaches at
↓ ↓ ↓
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) SVP=MVL and VFD=MVH,
Time short SLV VFD unit(Req.=MVL)
↓ ↓ ↓ the next upper order time long SLV starts PID control.
(Req.=PID, SVP=PID) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
Time short SLV
When PID of time short SLV reaches at stop setting*2
↓ ↓ (Req.=PID) ↓ ↓
switch the order of it and VFD order.
(SVP < Stop setting)
VFD unit(Req.=PID) Time short SLV
↓ ↓ ↓ Stopping Time short SLV of the lowest order is required.
VFD unit(Req.=PID) Time short SLV
↓ 1 unit run ↓ Time short SLV unit (the second unit) stops.
VFD unit(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ Capacity/revolution is controlled only with VFD unit.
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
Target VFD unit
ALL Stop ↓ ↓
< CUT OUT (Req.=STOP)(stopping)
*1 "Control Target > CUT IN" is considered as one of the conditions to increase the compressor number.
*2 Describes an AND condition between "Control Target < CUT OUT + CUT OUT 2d (negative value), and pass CUT OUT 2d DELAY
"

- 152 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Example for 3 compressors with revolutions control(VFD unit) (run time : VFD-1 < VFD-2 < VFD-3)
In the follow table, 'Req.' means the AutoStage control request, 'SVP' means the Slide Valve Position,
'VFD' means the revolution control, 'PID' means PID control, 'MVL' means "MVL HOLD",
'MVH' means "MVH HOLD", 'STOP SV' means the SV HOLD PREVIOUS.
Control Target
Order [1] (run time short 1) [2] (run time short 2) [3] (run time short 3) Operation of start/stop and order
Status
Target
ALL Stop VFD-1(stop) VFD-2(stop) VFD-3(stop) Set VFD-1 as the top order tentatively.
< CUT IN
Target VFD-1(Req.=PID)
1 unit run ↓ ↓ VFD-1 start at SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL
> CUT IN (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
Target VFD-1(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ VFD-1 controls the Slide Valve Position in PID.
> CONTROL (SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
VFD-1(Req.=PID) VFD-1 switches to revolutions control at
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL) SVP=MVH, VFD=MVL.
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ VFD-1 controls the revolutions control in PID.
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
nd
VFD-1(Req.=PID) The 2 unit (VFD-2) start is required, when
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) VFD-1 reaches at SVP=MVH and VFD=MVH.
VFD-1(Req.=MVH) VFD-2(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓
*1
2 units run VFD-2 start at SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ VFD-2 controls the Slide Valve Position in PID.
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
VFD-2(Req.=PID) The 3rd unit (VFD-3) start is required, when
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) VFD-2 reaches at SVP=MVH and VFD=MVH.
VFD-2(Req.=MVH) VFD-3(Req.=PID)
↓ *1 ALL run ↓ VFD-3 start at SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
VFD-3(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ VFD-3 controls the Slide Valve Position in PID.
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
VFD-3(Req.=PID)
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
↓(Req.=MVH) ↓(Req.=MVH) VFD-3(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) (SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) (SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) The entire capacity is controlled by the PID
↓(Req.=MVH) ↓(Req.=MVH) VFD-3(Req.=PID) control of the VFD-3.
↓ ↓
(SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) (SVP=MVH, VFD=MVH) (SVP=MVH, VFD=PID)
Target VFD-3(Req.=PID) When PID control of VFD-3 that is the lowest
↓ ↓ ↓
< CONTROL (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL) priority reaches at SVP=MVL and VFD=MVL,
VFD-2(Req.=PID) VFD-3(Req.=MVL)
↓ ↓ ↓ the next upper order VFD-2 starts PID control.
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
VFD-2(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ When PID of VFD-2 reaches at stop setting*2,
(SVP<stop setting, VFD=MVL)
VFD-2(Req.=PID) VFD-3
↓ ↓ ↓ Stopping VFD-3 of the lowest order is required.
↓ 2 units run ↓ VFD-3 unit (the 3rd unit) stops.
VFD-2(Req.=PID) When PID control of the lowest VFD-2 reaches
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL) at SVP=MVL and VFD=MVH,
VFD-1(Req.=PID) VFD-2(Req.=MVL)
↓ ↓ ↓ the next upper order VFD-1 starts PID control.
(SVP=MVH, VFD=PID) (SVP=MVL, VFD=MVL)
VFD-1(Req.=PID)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ When PID of VFD-2 reaches at stop setting*2,
(SVP<stop setting, VFD=MVL)
↓ ↓ ↓ Stopping VFD-2 of the lowest order is required.
↓ 1 unit run ↓ VFD-2 (the 2nd unit) stops.
VFD-1(Req.=PID) Capacity/revolution is controlled only with
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
(SVP=PID, VFD=MVL) VFD-1.
Target VFD-1
ALL Stop ↓ ↓
< CUT OUT (Req.=STOP)(stopping)
*1 "Control Target > CUT IN" is considered as one of the conditions to increase the compressor number.
*2 Describes an AND condition between "Control Target < CUT OUT + CUT OUT 2d (negative value), and pass CUT OUT 2d DELAY ".

- 153 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Chapter 6 : Troubleshooting
This chapter contains several conditions that may suggest failures or other problems with the MYPRO TOUCH+ and the actions we
recommend for troubleshooting the issue.
(1) Nothing is displayed on the touch panel screen.

→ • The MYPRO TOUCH+ has a built in screen saver function which automatically turns off the display to prolong its
useable life cycle.
By default, this back light its turned off if the panel doesn’t detect any changes on the screen. The timer to control
this screen saver can be changed in the terminal management page. (accessible form MENU2)
• The MYPRO TOUCH+ has a LED indicator at the front. Follow the table below to troubleshoot the condition of the
touch panel’s power supply.
(2) The CPU light (an LED regularly blinking to indicate normal state) does not blink.
→ • Check that 24V DC power is supplied to J4 on the CPU board.
• Check the wiring to the circuit breaker and noise filter has no defects and the power voltage is correct.
(3) The displayed process value (PV) of the pressure sensors differ from the actual pressure values (pressure gauge readings
etc.)
→ • Check that the pressure sensor and its wiring have no defects.
• Check that the scaling for displaying the process value is set correctly.
• If the displayed process value has a slight gap from the actual values, you can enter an appropriate offset value to
make the displayed values close to the actual pressure values.
(Use the “Setting -> MENU02-> ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT”)
(4) The displayed PV of the temperature sensors differ from the actual temperature values (thermometer readings etc.)
→ • Check that the temperature sensors and their wiring have no defects.
• If the displayed process values have a slight gap from the actual values, you can enter an appropriate offset value
to make the displayed values closer to the actual temperature values.
(Use the “Setting -> MENU02 > ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT”)
(5) The displayed PV of the current sensor differ from the actual Process Values.
→ • Check that the jumper pins of the CT sensor are in the correct (removed) state.
• Check that the CT sensor winding is correct in number of coils (twice).
• If the displayed process values have a slight gap form the actual values, you can enter an appropriate offset value
to make the displayed values closer to the actual Process values.
(Use the “Setting -> MENU02 -> ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT”)

- 154 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
(6) Process values respond to changes too slowly or too fast

→ • To make the response faster, decrease the 'FILTER COEFFICIENT' value.
(Use the “Setting -> MENU02 -> ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT”.)
NOTE: Making the response time too short increases the effects due to noise.
• To make the response slower, increase the 'FILTER COEFFICIENT' value.
(Use the “Setting -> MENU02 -> ANALOG INPUT ADJUSTMENT”.)
NOTE: Making the response time too long results in too slow reactions.
(7) Settings cannot be changed.

→ • Entry of a password of the required security level is needed to change settings. Make sure you have entered the
required password correctly.
• Some setting items have limitations. Enter only values within the permitted range.
• Touch the ENT key to complete a change to any setting.
(8) The compressor does not run.

→ • Check the operation control mode you have selected in the 'OPERATION MODE' screen. The method to send the
operation command to the compressor varies depending on the selected operation control mode.
• The compressor does not start running until the operation start delay time elapses after the compressor operation
conditions (operation command etc.) are satisfied.
• Check that the compressor start command has turned ON at DO-01(Y00).
• Check that 'YES' is not selected for 'D/O TEST OPERATION' in the 'CONTROLS AND OPERATION' window.
• If you make a selection to enable an item that requires installation of an optional extension board in the 'System
Configuration' screen without actually installing that board, the MYPRO TOUCH+ issues an EMERGENCY STOP
FAILURE alarm that cannot be cancelled with the CLEAR ALARM button and disables the operation of the
compressor. In this case, do either of the following:
- Install the optional extension board.
- Disable the item that requires installation of the optional extension board.
• The compressor has been stopped by touching the STOP switch.
If the compressor has been stopped by touching the STOP switch, different action should be taken according to
the operation control mode required.
- When the STOP switch has been touched while the operation command is ON with a mode other than 'AUTO
STAGE' the operation control mode automatically changes back to 'LOCAL'. In this case, you must reselect
the desired operation control mode for the 'OPERATION' item and then turn ON the operation command.
- When the STOP switch has been touched with 'AUTO STAGE' selected for 'OPERATION' and 'ENABLE'
selected for the 'CONTROL' item. The 'AUTO STAGE MODE' automatically changes to 'DISABLE'. To resume
the automatic staging control (AUTO STAGE), you must reselect 'ENABLE' for the 'CONTROL' item in the
'AUTO STAGE' screen and then turn ON the operation command.
• The CPU was reset, by cycling the power with a low battery ('BATTERY ALARM' is displayed in the EVENT AND
ALARM section of the top screen”).
If power is cycled when the battery is low, the MYPRO TOUCH will power back up in the “stopping control program
status”. This is done for safety of the personnel operating the compressor and the equipment.
See section for Replacement of time clock battery to replace the battery properly.

- 155 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
(9) Capacity control does not take place.
→ • 'MANUAL' is selected for 'OPERATION' of the capacity controller.
• The 'OPERATION' mode of the capacity controller is not set to 'AUTO' but to any of the following:
'MANUAL' (capacity “load”/“unload” commands are given through a touch button on the panel); 'REMOTE
DIGITAL' (capacity “load”/“unload” commands are given by digital inputs from an external device); 'REMOTE
ANALOG' (capacity “load”/“unload ” commands are given by an supervisory system through the analog inputs);
'COMM' (capacity is determined according to commands from a remote master station through communications)
• The capacity control limiter function is working.
The limiter function is active, 'LIMIT' or 'UNLOAD' is displayed on the screen for each of the limiter operation
indications 'MA', 'DP', 'SP', and 'IP' on the Main View Screen.
• Settings in the 'SLIDE VALVE Calibration' screen are incorrect.
If the settings made in the 'Setting -> MENU02 -> SLIDE VALVE Calibration' screen are incorrect, the unloader
slide valve position cannot be detected correctly.
See Section 3.4.3.4 SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION to make settings correctly.
(10) The compressor fails to stop.

→ • Check the mode set for 'OPERATION' in the 'OPERATION MODE' screen of 'Control Summary'. The compressor
stopping method varies depending on the selected operation control mode.
• Check that the compressor operation command sent through communications from the remote device is not ON.
(11) “TOUCH PANEL BATTERY LOW” is displayed at the ACTIVE ALARM AND EVENTS section on the TOP SCREEN.
→ • When the " TOUCH PANEL BATTERY LOW " is displayed, The memory backup battery of the touch-panel is
running low.
See section "2.1 Touch Panel" to replace battery correctly.
(12) D/O TEST OPERATION cannot be enabled.

→ • Check that 'YES' is selected for 'D/O TEST OPERATION' in the 'OPERATION MODE' screen of 'Control
Summary'.
• To make 'YES' selectable for 'D/O TEST OPERATION', check the following in the 'CONTROLS AND OPERATION'
window:
'OPERATION MODE' - 'LOCAL'
'AUTO START/STOP' - 'NO'
Operation confirmation input (MSRB) at DI-12 (X0B) - OFF
(13) 'OPERATION' changes to 'LOCAL' unintentionally.

→ • STOP button has been touched.
If the STOP button is touched when the operation mode is other than 'AUTO STAGE', the operation mode
changes to the 'LOCAL' mode automatically.
In this case, reselect the desired mode for the 'OPERATION' item in the 'OPERATION MODE' screen.
• 'Change to LOCAL MODE' is selected for the 'OPERATION MODE ON FAILURE' item in the 'SYSTEM SETUP'
screen.
If “FAILURE” (serious alarm) occurs, the MYPRO TOUCH automatically switches the operation mode to 'LOCAL'.
• 'Change to LOCAL STOP' is selected for the 'OPERATION MODE RESTORE ON POWER UP' item in the
'SYSTEM SETUP' screen,
When the CPU is reset, or the power is cycled, the MYPRO TOUCH+ automatically itself in a stopped state in the
'LOCAL' mode.
(14) Even when emergency stop input at DI-11 (X0A) is ON (normal-close), pressing the CLEAR ALARM switch cannot clear
EMERGENCY STOP FAILURE alarm.
→ • An item which requires installing an optional extension board is enabled in the 'SYSTEM CONFIGURATION'
screen without actually installing the board.

- 156 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Depending on the setting item, the MYPRO TOUCH+ may issue an EMERGENCY STOP FAILURE alarm, for
safety, which can not be cleared by the CLEAR ALARM button.
In this case, take either of the following actions.
- Install the optional extension board.
- Disable the item that requires installing an optional extension board.
(15) In the 'SLIDE VALVE CALIBRATION' screen, display does not advance and entry for adjusting the unloader slide valve
position cannot be completed.
→ • The requirement for the large-small relationship of the analog inputs (showing unloader slide valve positions) are
not satisfied for the correction processing.
- No signal change occurs even when the unloader slide valve moves unless the dip switches for selecting the
signal source for slide valve position input (potentiometers, 4 to 20 mA DC, or 1 to 5 V DC) on the MYPRO
TOUCH's CPU board and analog input board are not correctly set. In this case, the switches must be set
correctly according to Section '2.3 Analog input board MT-AD-02.
- The 0 %-position analog input becomes larger than the 100 %-position analog input (the inputs are reversed)
if the connections of terminals 1 and 3 are reversed on the potentiometer for detecting the unloader slide valve
position or the potentiometer is installed at a wrong angle.
In this case, perform any of the following.
• Correct the installation angle of the potentiometer.
• Reconnect the potentiometer terminals (1 and 3 ) correctly
- The difference between the 0 %-position and 100 %-position analog inputs may be extremely small if the
potentiometer for detecting the unloader slide valve position has a defect or a wrong angle, or if it is connected
to the analog input terminals improperly.
In this case, replace the potentiometer if it is defective, correct its installation and correct potentiometer's
connection to the analog input terminals.
(1) The lubricating oil pump keeps running. (It keeps turning on the oil pump output of DO-02.)
→ - In the following cases, the output of DO-02 is turned on regardless of the compressor state.
- if AI-12 MA (compressor motor current) is detected as over “about 4.9% or more”.
- if DI-12 MSRB (Main motor Starter Read Back input ) turns on.

- 157 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Chapter 7 : Specifications
7.1 MYPRO TOUCH Specification
Absolute Maximum Rating
Power supply voltage DC 19.2 to 28.8 V
Working temperature 0 °C to 55 °C
Storage temperature -10°C to 70 °C
Ambient humidity 85 % RH or less (no condensation is permitted)
Ambient vibration 1.0G in X-, Y-, and Z-axes
Power line Noise voltage: 1,500 V, noise width: 100 ns 1µs for 5 minutes
Endurance to noise I/O line Noise voltage: 1,000 V, noise width: 100 ns 1µs for 5 minutes
Communication Line Noise voltage: 500 V, noise width: 50 ns for 5 minutes
1,000 VAC for 1 minute (between power terminal and connection terminal)
Withstand voltage
500 VAC for 1 minute (between input/output terminal and connection terminal)
500 VDC 20 MΩ or more (between power terminal and connection terminal)
Insulation resistance
500 VDC 20 MΩ or more (between input/output terminal and connection terminal)
If voltages exceeding the absolute maximum rating are applied, the equipment may suffer permanent damage.
If the equipment is left under the absolute maximum rating conditions for a long time, its reliability may be deteriorated.
Recommended Operating Conditions

Power supply voltage DC 24V
Working temperature 5 °C to 50 °C
Ambient humidity 70 % RH or less (no condensation is tolerated)
Use Altitude Less than 2,000[m] above sea level
Ambient atmosphere Free from corrosive gas and heavy dust
Inputs/ Outputs
4 to 20 mA DC (input impedance: 250 Ω)
Standard: 16 points
Input sensor or, 1 to 5 VDC (input impedance: 100 kΩ) (Switching
Maximum: 32 points
Analog inputs by a switch is possible)
Potentiometer inputs
1 kΩ potentiometer input Maximum: 2 points
(A/D Ch.15B, 16B)
*2
Display unit: MPa
2 *2
*1
Display unit: kgf/cm
Pressure *2
Display unit: bar
*2
Display unit: PSI
Measurement *2
Display unit: ºC
range *1 *2
Temperature Display unit: ºF
*2
Display unit: K
*2
Current Display unit: A
Capacity Display unit: % 0 to 100%
Sensor power supply 24 VDC (supplied from external 24 VDC power supply to analog input board)
Switch output Solid state relay Standard: 10 points

(@25[°C]) (AC load 100~240V, 1.2A or DC load 5~24V, 2.0A) Maximum: 24 points
Contacts
No-voltage contact connection Standard: 6 points
Switch input
(internally supplied 12 V at Max. 25 mA DC) Maximum: 8 points
Sampling frequency 250 msec
(Option) analog output 4 to 20mA DC (at load resistance of 500 Ω or less) 4 points
*1 Display units can be selected in the 'SYSTEM DETAILS' screen.
*2 Ranges can freely scaled in the 'ANALOG INPUT SCALING' screen.

- 158 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Central Processing Unit board Assembly specification

CPU board
200[MHz]
CPU Clock
(φ=25[MHz], Iφ=200[MHz], Bφ=100[MHz], Pφ=33.333[MHz])
Program memory area Flash Memory (8[Mbyte])
Working memory area SDRAM (32[Mbyte]) x 2 pcs.
Setting points memory area EEPROM (128[kbit])
Clock function(RTC IC + primary battery(CR2032) + condenser)

Around 1 minute backup is possible without a battery.
Other functions Low battery detection
Power fail detection
Watchdog timer installed
Communication
RS-485 standard conformity
Interface COM1, COM2 (RX+(RD+), RX-(RD-), TX+(SD+), TX-(SD-), SG, FG)
(* COM1 is occupied by the communication of the touch panel.)
Communication
COM1, COM2 4-wire half-duplex (2-wire system is also usable for communications.)
system
Synchronization method Asynchronous communication method
300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, or 115200 bps
Communication speed (bit/sec)
(The total bit rates of all communication ports must be less than 192,000 bps.)
Start bit Fixed to 1 bit

Character bit 7 or 8 bits
Character format
Parity bit N (none), O (odd), or E (even)
Stop bit 1 or 2 bits
Parity check: Yes (odd/even) or No
Signal transmission error detection CRC-16: Fixed to Yes (in only RTU mode of MODBUS protocol)
LRC: Fixed to Yes (in only ASCII mode of MODBUS protocol)
Transmission distance Up to 150 m in total
Communication protocol MODBUS protocol RTU mode (BINARY code)
(Communication code) MODBUS protocol ASCII mode (ASCII code)
Others
Protective Circuit protector:
Between contact output electrodes
component Thermal tripping system, rated current 2 A (@25[°C])
EEPROM
Storage of SETPOINTs Clock data: Backed up by time clock battery (CR2032).
(Recommended battery replacement interval: 3 years)
*1
Power consumption 50W Max. (The touch panel doesn't include. )
MYPRO TOUCH CPU board Assembly H300mm×W270mm×D120mm Approx. 5.0 kg
Outside AD board(MT-AD-02-A) H120mm×W110mm×D 24mm Approx. 0.2 kg
dimensions DI/O board(MT-DIOA-01-A) H220mm×W110mm×D 28mm Approx. 0.2 kg
Weight Extension DA board (MT-DA-02-A) H120mm×W110mm×D 24mm Approx. 0.2 kg
Extension DIO4 board (MT-DIO4-01-A) H 70mm×W110mm×D 28mm Approx. 0.2 kg
*1 Please consider the power supply capacity and the factor of safety of the touch panel and peripherals when you
select the DC power supply.

- 159 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Installation dimension
* In below figure, "φ6.2" holes of each corner (4 points) are mounting holes for installation on the control board.
110
6-φ4
5 5
5
120
Ext. DIO(2/2) Board

5

- 160 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
(Ext. DA Board is the same size.) (Ext. DIO(2/2) Board is the same size.)
Touch Panel Specification

Touch panel performance specification
Display device TFT 64K Color
Display size 13.3” widescreen diagonal
Number of display dots 1280x800 WXGA
Effective display dimension W336 x H267 [mm]
Cutout AxB W326 x H256 [mm]
Depth D+T 56+4 [mm]
Effective color, gradation 64K
Backlight LED
Intensity control Yes
Operating System Microsoft Windows CE 6.0
User Memory 256 MB Flash
RAM 256 MB DDR
Touch Screen Analog Resistive
LED Indicator 1 (dual color)
Ethernet 2 10/100 Mbit with Integrated Switch
USB 2 Host Interface (1 version 2.0, 1 version 2.0 and 1.1)
Serial RS-485 (Reserved for CPU communication)
Expansion Slot 2 Optional Plug In
Memory Card SD card Slot
Alarms Alarm and Failures
Historical Event List Yes
User and Passwords Yes
Hardware Real Time Clock Yes, with battery back-up
Screen Saver Yes
Power Supply Voltage 24VDC (10 to 32 VDC)
Current Consumption 1.15A at 24VDC (max.)
Fuse Automatic
Weight Approximately 2.8 Kg
Battery Rechargeable Lithium Battery not User-Replaceable
Operating Temperature 0 to 50 °C (vertical installation)
Storage Temperature -20 to +70 °C
Operating and Storage Humidity 5 – 84% relative humidity non-condensing
Protection Class IP66 (Front) IP20 (Rear)
Touch panel general specification

Emission
EN 61000-6-4
CE Emmunity
EN 61000-6-2
For installation in industrial environments
DNV DNV Type Approval Certificate
UL508 Listed
UL Haz. Locl. Class I Division 2
Groups A,B,C and D
C C-Tick mark

- 161 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
CAUTION
Please avoid installing/placing the panel under direct sunlight as much as possible,
The heat and ultraviolet rays may cause the internal and external components of the HMI to deteriorate
faster. Causing it to fail prematurely

- 162 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
7.2 MYPRO TOUCH Replaceable Parts List

Set of products
mAYEKAWA
Name Model
Code No.
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S (AI:16, DI:6, DO:10) MT-S EAD-07001
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S (_DA_DIO4) Type-S + (AO:4, DO:4) MT-S-DA-4 EAD-07003
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S (_DA_DIO2) Type-S + (AO:4, DI:2, DO:2) MT-S-DA-2 EAD-07004
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DC (AI:16, DI:6, DO:10 for DC) MT-S(DC) EAD-07007
Type-S-DA-2 + Ext. Chassis
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DA-DIO2-E-H MT-S-DA-2-E-H EAD-07008
+ CPU-TP Cable
Type-S-DA-2 + Ext. Chassis
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DA-DIO2-E-H-V MT-S-DA-2-E-H-V EAD-07009
+ CPU-TP Cable + Viewer
Type-S-DA-2
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DA-DIO2-H-V MT-S-DA-2-H-V EAD-07010
+ CPU-TP Cable + Viewer
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-E Type-S + Ext. Chassis MT-S-E EAD-07021
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DIO4-H Type-S-4 + CPU-TP Cable MT-S-4-H EAD-07024
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DA-H Type-S-DA + CPU-TP Cable MT-S-DA-H EAD-07026
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-DA-DIO4-H Type-S-DA-4 + CPU-TP Cable MT-S-DA-4-H EAD-07121
Type-S + Ext. Chassis
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S-E-H MT-S-E-H EAD-07124
+ CPU-TP Cable
Type-S(DC) + Ext. Chassis
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S(DC)-E-H MT-S(DC)-E-H EAD-07127
+ CPU-TP Cable
MYPRO TOUCH Type-S(DC)-E Type-S(DC) + Ext. Chassis MT-S(DC)-E EAD-07128
Discrete component parts

mAYEKAWA
Name Model
Code No.
CPU Board rev03 MT-CPU-03-A EAD-07031
AD Board rev02 MT-AD-02-A EAD-07032
DI/O(6/10) Board rev01 MT-DIOA-01-A EAD-07033
DA Board rev02 MT-DA-02-A EAD-07034
DI/O(0/4) Drv Board rev03 REF-MCS200-SO3-A EAD-07048
Ext.DI/O(0/4) Board rev01 MT-DIO4-01-A EAD-07035
DI/O(2/2) Drv Board rev03 REF-MCS200-SC23-A EAD-07049
Ext.DI/O(2/2) Board rev01 MT-DIO2-01-A EAD-07036
DI/O(6/10) Board for DC r01 MT-DIOA-DC01-A EAD-07037
Ext.DI/O(0/4) Board DC r01 MT-DIO4-DC01-A EAD-07038
Ext.DI/O(2/2) Board DC r01 MT-DIO2-DC01-A EAD-07039
CPU-AD Harness MT-HCPAD-0100-U EAD-07041
AD-AD Harness MT-HADAD-0100-U EAD-07042
CPU-DI/O Harness MT-HCDIO-0100-U EAD-07043
CPU-Ext.DA Harness MT-HCPDA-0100-U EAD-07044
CPU-Ext.DI/O Harness MT-HEDIO-0200-U EAD-07045
CPU-Ext.AD Harness MT-HEXAD-0100-U EAD-07046
Type-S Touch Panel (12.1) PFXGP4601TAD EAD-07071
HMI Sheet for Type-S MT-PNL-SHT-S EAD-07074
GP-Viewer EX-VIEWER-LICENSE EAD-07076
Plug for DC24V Power PC4/3-ST-7.62 EAD-07051
Plug for Analog Input MSTB2.5/3-ST-5.08 EAD-07052
Plug for Digital Input/Output MSTB2.5/2-ST-5.08 EAD-07053
Plug for Analog Output IC2.5/3-ST-5.08 EAD-07054
CPU Chassis for Type-S,M EAD-07061

- 163 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Extended Chassis EAD-07064
Ext. Metal Set for Ext. Chassis EAD-07065
Spacer for Chassis BSB-325E EAD-07069
Option Parts
mAYEKAWA
Name Model
Code No.
232C-485 Level Converter TCC-80 EAD-07101
RS-232C Straight Cable (3.0m) KR-EC9EN3 EAD-07102
Anybus for Profibus AB7000-C EAD-07103
Anybus for ProfiNET AB7013-C EAD-07104
Anybus for DeviceNET AB7001-C EAD-07105
MT-ABC Cross Cable (3.0m) MT-ABC-C232 EAD-07107
CPU-TP Communication Cable (1.8m) MT-TP-485-A EAD-07108
Touch Panel Maintenance Parts

mAYEKAWA
Name Model
Code No.
Metal Fitting for TP PFXZCBAF1 EAD-07111
TP Gasket(12.1) PFXZCBWG121 EAD-07112
TP DC Power Connector(12.1) PFXZCBCNDC2 EAD-07115
TP Battery PFXZCBBT1 EAD-07116
MYPRO TOUCH Touch Pen CA7-TPPEN/ALL-01 EAD-07117
Other parts are not set as replaceable parts.

- 164 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
7.3 MYPRO TOUCH Input/Output list

*Function selection on 'System Configuration (setting)', ◎: fixed, ○: selectable, -: non-selectable
SINGLE COMPOUND
UD-Vi variable
J-Series FM160 SCV, UD
[ 2016 & HIGHER ]

capacity control
With high stage

(maximizer)
[ 1610 & 1612 ]

No high stage
cap. control
no Sensor
no Sensor
with Sensor
with Sensor
with Sensor
Analog input
Variable-Vi
Variable-Vi
condenser
Economizer
Economizer
Economizer
Economizer
Economizer
Economizer
no Sensor
(w/ chiller
400 series
control)
w/
---
---
---
Ch.01 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [ SP ] Suction pressure
Ch.02 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [ DP ] Discharge pressure
Analog input board (1st board)
Ch.03 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [ OP ] Oil supply pressure

◎ ◎ ◎ - - - ○ ○ ○ ◎ ○ ○ ○ ○ [AFP ] After oil filter pressure
Ch.04
MT-AD-02
Standard
- - - ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ ○ ○ [BFP ] Before oil filter pressure
Ch.05 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [ ST ] Suction temperature

Ch.06 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [ DT ] Discharge temperature
Ch.07 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [ OT ] Oil supply temperature
○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [ OS ] Oil separator temperature

Ch.08
○ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [AFFP] After fine filter pressure
Ch.09 - - ◎ - - ◎ - - ◎ ◎ - - ◎ ◎ [ IP ] Intermediate pressure
Ch.10 - - ◎ - - ◎ - - ◎ ◎ - - ◎ ◎ [ IT ] Intermediate temperature
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [SDP ] System discharge pressure

Ch.11
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [LVL ] Chiller (liquid) level
Analog input board (2nd board)
Ch.12 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [ MA ] compressor motor electric current

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [EBT ] Chiller Entering temperature
Ch.13
MT-AD-02
Standard
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [BFP ] Before oil filter pressure
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [LBT ] Chiller leaving temperature

Ch.14
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [BFP ] Before oil filter pressure
Ch.15 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [LSV ] (Low stage) slide valve position
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ◎ [HSV ] High stage slide valve position
- - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - - - ○ - [SSP ] System suction pressure

Ch.16
- - - - - - - - - ◎ - - - - [SVOP] Slide valve oil supply pressure
◎ ◎ ◎ - - - - - - - - - - - [PSV ] Vi port slide valve position
Ch.17 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [CGP1] Chiller gas outlet pressure-1

Analog input board (3rd board)
Ch.18 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [CGT1] Chiller gas outlet temperature-1
Ch.19 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [SSP ] system suction pressure

MT-AD-02
Extension
[RLD ] remote capacity / VFD rotation control

Ch.20 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
command inputs
Ch.21 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
Ch.22 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [SDP ] System discharge pressure-2
Ch.23 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [CGP2] Chiller gas outlet pressure-2
Ch.24 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [CGT2] Chiller gas outlet temperature-2
Ch.25 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
Analog input board (4th board)
Ch.26 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
Ch.27 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
MT-AD-02
Extension
Ch.28 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
Ch.29 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
Ch.30 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
Ch.31 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
Ch.32 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---

- 165 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
* NA : North America, EU : Europe, SA : South America
SINGLE COMPOUND
UD-Vi variable
With high stage capacity control

FM160
No high stage capacity control

J-Series SCV, UD (maximizer)
[ 2016 & HIGHER ]

Economizer (with Sensor)
(with condenser control)

Economizer (no Sensor)
Economizer (no Sensor)
[ 1610 & 1612 ]

Economizer(no Sensor)
(with chiller control)

Variable-Vi
Variable-Vi
400 series
---
---
---
D/O 01 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [COMP] Compressor operating command

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [OILP] Oil pump operation command
D/O 02
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [O/P2] Oil pump2 operation command
[LOAD] (Low stage) capacity loading
◎ ◎ ◎ - - - ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
D/O 03 solenoid valve
- - - ◎ ◎ ◎ - - - - - - - - [FMLD] FM160 Capacity Control solenoid valve-1
[UNLD] (Low stage) capacity unloading solenoid
◎ ◎ ◎ - - - ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
D/O 04 valve
- - - ◎ ◎ ◎ - - - - - - - - [FMUL] FM160 Capacity Control solenoid valve-2
[INJS] Liquid injection oil supply
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
solenoid valve (NA)
○ ○ ○ - - - - - - - - - - - [OILH] Oil heater (SA)
D/O 05
[HILD] High stage loading capacity control
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ○
solenoid valve(except EU)
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [FLLD] 100% Output (EU)
[INJY] Liquid injection YOSAKU
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
expansion valve-1 (EU)
D/O 06 [HIUL] High stage capacity unloading
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ○
solenoid valve(except EU)
○ ○ ○ - - - - - - - - - - - [OILR] Oil return solenoid valve (J)

MT-DIOA-01
Standard
- - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [OILH] Oil heater (except J)
D/O 07 - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [OILR] Oil return solenoid valve (except J)

[I/CS] Liquid supply solenoid valve
- ◎ ◎ - - - - - - - - - - -
for Eco./Int. (J)
[I/CS] Liquid supply solenoid valve
- - - - ◎ ◎ - ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
D/O 08 for Eco./Int. (except J)
◎ ◎ ◎ - - - - - - - - - - - [L->H] Vi slide L->H solenoid valve
- - - - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - [OILF] starting oil feed solenoid valve
- - - ◎ ◎ ◎ - - - - - - - - [OILR] Oil return solenoid valve (FM)

D/O 09
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ◎ [OILD] Oil drain solenoid valve (NA)
◎ ◎ ◎ - - - - - - - - - - - [H->L] Vi slide H->L solenoid valve
D/O 10 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [FAIL] Batch failure
D/I 11 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [EMGC] Emergency stop

D/I 12 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [MSRB] Main starter read back
D/I 13 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [INT1] Interlock-1
◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [INT2] Interlock-2
D/I 14
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [LOCK] 100% LOCK Input (EU)
○ ○ ○ - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [INT3] Interlock-3
D/I 15
○ ○ ○ ◎ ◎ ◎ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [OLVH] Oil level switch
D/I 16 ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎ [RMST] Remote start input

- 166 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [EVPS] Liquid supply solenoid valve-1
D/O 17
- - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - [MPLD] Vi “load” solenoid valve for port -M
- - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [EVPY] YOSAKU exp. Valve-1 for chiller(exclude J)
- - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - [MPUL] Vi “unload” solenoid valve for port -M
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [INJS] Liquid supply SV1 for liq. Inj. (EU)
D/O 18
MT-DIO4-01
○ ○ ○ - - - - - - - - - - -
Extension
[OILR] Oil return solenoid valve (NA)

○ ○ ○ - - - - - - - - - - - [OILH] Oil heater (NA)
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [AUX ] Auxiliary operating command
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [CHLP] Chiller pump
D/O 19 - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - [SVBP] Bypass solenoid for vi slide valve
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [INJY] YOSAKU exp. valve-1 for liq. Inj. (EU)
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [SBYP] Bypass solenoid for starting
D/O 20
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [HBYP] Bypass solenoid valve for hot gas
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [I/CY] YOSAKU expansion valve for Eco./Int.
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [OILP] Oil pump operation command

D/O 21
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [O/P2] Oil pump 2 operation command
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ [OILD] Oil drain solenoid valve(EU)
D/O 22 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [ALRM] Batch ALARM

MT-DIO4-01
xtension
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ [HILD] High stage capacity loading SV(EU)

D/O 23 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [EVS2] Liquid supply solenoid valve-2
- - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - [LHLD] Vi “load” solenoid valve for port –L/H
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ○ [HIUL] High stage capacity unloading SV(EU)

○ ○ ○ - - - - - - - - - - - [EVPY] YOSAKU exp. valve-1 for chiller(J)
D/O 24
- - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [EVY2] YOSAKU exp. valve-2 for chiller(except J)
- - - - - - - - - - ○ - - - [LHUL] Vi “unload” solenoid valve for port- L/H
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [CND1] Condenser operating command-1
D/O 25
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [AUX ] Auxiliary operating command

D/O 26
- - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - [MPLD] Vi “load” solenoid valve for port -M
MT-DIO4-01

Extension
D/O 27 - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - [MPUL] Vi “unload” solenoid valve for Port-M
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ - ○ ○ [EOR4] Evaporator oil return output 4
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [INJ2] YOSAKU exp. valve-2 for liq. Inj.

D/O 28
- - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - [SVBP] Bypass solenoid for vi slide valve
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [EVS3] Liquid supply solenoid valve-2

D/O 29 - - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - [LHLD] Vi “load” solenoid valve for port –L/H
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [RDY ] Ready to Start

MT-DIO2-01
Extension
○ ○ ○ - - - - - - - - - - - [EVY2] YOSAKU exp. valve-2 for chiller(J)

D/O 30 - - - ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [EVY3] YOSAKU exp. valve-3 for chiller(except J)
- - - - - - - - - - - ○ - - [LHUL] Vi “unload” solenoid valve for port-L/H

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [RMLD] Remote loading input
D/I 31
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [EORL] Evaporator oil return Level Switch
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [RMUL] Remote unloading input

D/I 32
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ [EMVL] Evaporator oil return MV Limit Sw (Close)
* The extension digital input/output board is four-piece (one set), the set can be used as single piece. (Uninterrupted connection is not required.)

- 167 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
7.4 Input/Output Connecting Diagram

Digital input/output (DI/O)
Vi slide L->H SV
Vi slide H->L SV

- 168 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Analog input/output (AI/O)

- 169 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
7.5 Notice for Mounting and Wiring

MYPRO TOUCH shall be mounted to avoid following environment.
- The cover side is faced down.
- Place other than recommended operating conditions in specifications.
(Refer to "7 . Specifications".)
- Placed under direct sunlight.
- Place in a location where the panel is subject to a strong electric field and strong magnetic field.
(The panel can be affected by electric waves from broadcasting such as, radar antennas, and transceivers.)
- Place the panel in a location where is subject to direct vibration or shocks.
CAUTION
When installed in place other than above conditions, not only malfunction of product but also injury caused
by dropping the panel might be expected.
There are sharp edges the panel be careful during and after mounting.
The CPU Board can be accessed by a cover that opens like a door.
Be careful not to get your fingers or clothe caught in the way when opening and closing parts of the panel.
Any wiring connection should be made with the power off, regardless of wire size, to avoid the possibility of getting an
electrical shock.
Ensure to use wiring to reduce noise for the input/output line and communication line.
(1) Do not bundle with power line any input/output lines and communication lines.
Do not pass the input/output line and communication lines near the power line.
(2) Land the ground from the shield to the terminal FG on one side of the connection, for the input/output line and
communication line.
(3) For the receiving side (RA, RB) and sending side (SA, SB) of the communication line, make sure to use paired twisted
wire. Otherwise communication error might be expected.
(4) SG terminal is not necessary to connect, but if connection is made, use twisted pair (1 pair 2 wire) wire. Do not use shield
(metal coating).
(5) Wire of power supply shall be 600V vinyl insulated wire or better.
(6) Confirm that there is no miss wiring before turning the power on.
CAUTION
The grounding terminal block shall be connected to a grounding wire with grounding resistance of less than
100Ω to avoid electric shock.

- 170 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Appendix
Appendix1. The MYPRO TOUCH Support software
The MYPRO TOUCH+ system uses the same support software that the predecessor MYPRO TOUCH used.
- The “MYPRO TOUCH Updater” allows the user to update the CPU control program of the MYPRO TOUCH+.
Hardware requirements
OS: Versions newer than Windows XP
Appendix1.1 “MYPRO TOUCH Updater”

This software allows the user to download a new program, released by Mayekawa, to
the central processing unit (CPU) board to perform a software update.
The CPU program may be updated by MAYEKAWA without notice to correct problems
reported at the field, or to add new control features.
To start the update, connect the computer and the MYPRO TOUCH CPU board using
a type A to B USB cable. Then run the MYPRO TOUCH Updater in the computer,
select the new software package to be downloaded, and start the download by
pressing Start in the Updater window from the computer.

- 171 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Appendix2. MODBUS Protocol

The MYPRO TOUCH+ supports the standard MODBUS protocol. The MODBUS protocol is a global standard communication
protocol. RTU mode (BINARY method) and ASCII mode (ASCII method), are the 2 modes available for MODBUS protocol.
The table below shows the difference of the 2 modes.
Item RTU mode ASCII mode

Bit number of data 8 bits (BINARY) 7 bits (ASCII)
Start mark of message text. Not necessary : (3Ah)
End mark of sentence. Not necessary CRLF (0Dh, 0Ah)
*1
Length of message text. N 2N + 1
*2 *3
Time interval of data 24 bits time or less 1 second or less
CRC-16 : LRC :
Error check cord
Cyclic Redundancy Check Longitudinal Redundancy Check
("h" indicates hexadecimal number)
NOTE :
*1 “N” represents the length of message text of RTU mode.
*2 If the interval between data, which construct message text, exceeds the 'Time interval of data”, the receiving side
regards it as the transmission has completed halfway and ignores the message text. As a result, a communication error
might be detected.
*3 Bit time is the time to send 1-bit data by setting the transmission rate.
There are many function codes defined for the MODBUS protocol; however the MYPRO TOUCH series supports the function
codes, shown in the table below.
Function code Function Available device number by one communication

01h State for reading a coil 2008
03h Contents reading out of holding register 125
05h Status change of single coil 1
06h Contents change of single holding register 1
08h Loop back test ---
0Fh Status change of multiple coils 64
10h Contents change of multiple coils 123
NOTE : Bit information is interpreted as a coil on the MYPRO TOUCH.
In the MODBUS protocol ” Numbers” are used to specify the data. There are reference numbers, specifying numbers and start
numbers. These differences are explained below.
The reference number is the number that is used to specify a coil or a holding register when the data is requested from the master
to the slave. 000001 to 009999 are available for specifying coils, 400001 to 409999 are available for holding registers.
The specifying number is the number, which is used to specify data in a command sentence on MODBUS protocol. 0000 to 9998 is
available for coils and holding registers.
The specifying number is used to specify the actual data. The specifying number is also called start number, as this is the number
used to identify where to start to write/read the data.
The numbers are specified in hexadecimal notation in the command sentences.
Calculation from reference number to specifying (start) number

(Coil) reference number (000001) - 000001 = Specifying number (0000)
(Holding register) reference number (400001) - 400001 = Specifying number (0000)
For a list of specifying number and reference number, see the attachment “MYPRO TOUCH MODBUS communication device list”.

- 172 -
MTP-IOM-001-EN
Instruction Manual Revision Record

Instruction Manual
Date Revision
version
1st edition, 1st printing 2016.09.01 First edition for Version 1001.133.145
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
FOR SCREW COMPRESSOR UNIT CONTROLLER
MYPRO TOUCH+
st
September 1 2016 1st edition 1st printing
Mayekawa Mfg. Co., Ltd. Reserves the right to change design and specifications.

MT P 20160901

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

MT P 20160901

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

FOR SCREW COMPRESSOR UNIT CONTROLLER

Before operating the MYPRO TOUCH+, check the following points:

CONTROL PANEL MTP for MYPRO TOUCH+

DO CARDS 0 to 3 Expansion Cards

ANALOG OUT 0 to 1 Board

VOLTAGE 120=120VAC, 220=220VAC

ENCLOSURE TYPE SS = Stainless Steel

ENVIRONMENT W = Window Kit Only, Z = Z Purge & Window Kit

b. Verify all necessary items are supplied.

c. Check accuracy of configuration settings.

Mayekawa Mfg. Co., Ltd.

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

Chapter 0 : Information on This Manual

0.1 This Manual and Other Related Manuals

- SCREW COMPRESSOR UNIT CONTROLLER, MYPRO TOUCH+

0.2 Organization of This Manual

Chapters 1 to 3: Setting of MYPRO TOUCH+

Chapters 4 to 5: Control of MYPRO TOUCH+

Chapters 6 to 7: Maintenance of MYPRO TOUCH+

0.3 Glossary of Special Terms

AUTO STAGE Control

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

0.5 Words Displayed on Screen

0.6 Acronyms and Abbreviations

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

Chapter 1 : General Description

1.1 Functions and Features

Control and process control inputs/outputs

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

1.2 System Organization of MYPRO TOUCH+

MYPRO TOUCH+ Control Panel

DI/O (10/6) Board Ext.DI/O

Item Name Qty Note

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

1.3 Usable Control Functions

J-Series - SINGLE J without Economizer

MYPRO TOUCH+ contains the following standard control functions:

Compressor capacity control by Discharge/Suction pressure (PID 01/16)

Liquid injection expansion valve control by discharge temperature/

Compound two-stage Compressor

Compressor VFD control by suction/discharge pressure (PID 11/16)

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

Chapter 2 Components and Their Functions

Bottom View Back View Side View

Touch screen connections

Ethernet transmission Interface (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

Touch screen Indicator

Touch screen status indicator.

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

Short circuit, fire, unplanned device operation

Power Supply Connection

Short circuit, fire, unplanned device operation

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

2.2 Central Processing Unit Assembly

Inside upper section:

Installation example of control panel inside

MYPRO TOUCH+ Manual Rel.1.1

2.3 CPU board MT-CPU-03